WO2020248779A1 - Method for updating transmission configuration indicator (tci) information and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Method for updating transmission configuration indicator (tci) information and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020248779A1
WO2020248779A1 PCT/CN2020/090986 CN2020090986W WO2020248779A1 WO 2020248779 A1 WO2020248779 A1 WO 2020248779A1 CN 2020090986 W CN2020090986 W CN 2020090986W WO 2020248779 A1 WO2020248779 A1 WO 2020248779A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resources
tci
resource
state
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/090986
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
樊波
张希
管鹏
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020248779A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020248779A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0094Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/046Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being in the space domain, e.g. beams
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a method and communication device for updating transmission configuration indication TCI information.
  • the fifth generation mobile communication system adopts high-frequency communication based on analog beams, that is, network devices, such as base stations, use analog beams to send data, and terminal devices use analog beams to receive data.
  • network devices such as base stations
  • terminal devices use analog beams to receive data.
  • network equipment needs to use the best transmitting beam to send data
  • terminal equipment needs to use the best receiving beam to receive data.
  • the best transmitting beam and the best receiving beam can be determined through a beam measurement process.
  • the beam measurement process mainly includes two processes of transmitting beam scanning and receiving beam scanning. Transmit beam scanning can be used to determine the best transmit beam, and receive beam scanning can be used to determine the best receive beam.
  • the beam measurement process can also be used to determine the receive beams of some specific transmit beams, or determine the transmit beams of some specific receive beams.
  • the transmission configuration indicator (TCI) state (TCI-state) of the transmit beam is the same as the TCI-state corresponding to the measurement signal in the receive beam scanning process. In this way, the transmit beam corresponding to the transmit beam can be determined through the receive beam scan process.
  • the receive beam when the TCI-state of the transmission beam changes, the network device sends a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) reconfiguration message to the terminal device to configure a new resource set for the measurement signal, so that the The TCI-state of the transmitting beam is the same as the TCI-state corresponding to the measurement signal.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the present application provides a method and a communication device for updating transmission configuration indication TCI information, in order to reduce signaling overhead and reduce the impact on data transmission performance.
  • a method for updating the transmission configuration indication TCI information is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method may include: receiving measurement configuration information sent by a network device, the measurement configuration information includes information about n resources, and the n resources have the same transmission configuration indication TCI configuration as the physical channel, where n is greater than 1 or An integer equal to 1; when the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated, the TCI information of the n resources is updated. After the update, the n resources and the physical channel have the same TCI configuration .
  • n resources and physical channels have the same TCI configuration, which means that n resources after updating TCI information and physical channels after updating TCI-state (or physical channels after changing TCI-state, or changing TCI-state)
  • the physical channel after state has the same TCI configuration.
  • the n resources and the physical channel have the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources have the same TCI configuration as the physical channel.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of n resources with the same TCI configuration as the physical channel. Make the n resources and the physical channel maintain the same TCI configuration. That is, the n resources after updating the TCI information and the physical channel after updating the TCI-state have the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources are reconfigured through radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration, or TCI information is reconfigured for the n resources, this method greatly improves The signaling overhead is increased, the delay is increased, and the data communication performance is reduced.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the n resources may be used to perform receive beam scanning on the physical channel.
  • the measurement configuration information may be used to determine the resources of the physical channel or the best receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam.
  • the n resources may be used to perform transmit beam scanning on the physical channel.
  • the measurement configuration information may be used to determine the resources of the physical channel or the optimal transmit beam corresponding to the receive beam.
  • the TCI information may include TCI-state, or may also include resources included in TCI-state.
  • the updating the TCI information of the n resources includes: updating the n resources based on the relationship between the n resources and the physical channel. TCI information for each resource.
  • n resources and physical channels may have an association relationship.
  • the association relationship may be an implicit relationship. For example, when n resources and physical channels have the same TCI configuration, it can be considered that the n resources and the physical channel have an association relationship.
  • the association relationship may also be a displayed relationship. For example, the association relationship between n resources and physical channels may exist in a form of a table, and so on.
  • the relationship between the n resources and the physical channel includes one or more of the following: correspondence between the physical channel and the n resources Relationship; or, the correspondence relationship between the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resources belong; the correspondence relationship between the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the n resources; or, the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the resource set The corresponding relationship of the resource sets to which n resources belong.
  • the forms corresponding to the n resources and the physical channels may be any one or more of the foregoing.
  • the physical channel corresponds to n resources, in other words, the physical channel and the n resources have the same TCI configuration.
  • a physical channel corresponds to a resource set to which n resources belong.
  • a physical channel and a resource set to which the n resources belong have the same TCI configuration, where n resources may belong to one resource set.
  • the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of n resources, which can be understood as the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of the resource set.
  • the resource corresponding to the physical channel corresponds to n resources.
  • the resource corresponding to the physical channel has the same TCI configuration as the n resources.
  • the resource corresponding to the physical channel corresponds to the resource set to which the n resources belong.
  • the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resources belong have the same TCI configuration.
  • the updating the TCI information of the n resources includes one or more of the following: updating the TCI-state of the n resources; or, updating The TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong; or, update the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of the n resources; or, update the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong Reference signal resources included.
  • updating the TCI information can mean updating the TCI-state, such as updating the TCI-state of n resources or the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong.
  • Updating the TCI information can also mean updating the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state, such as updating the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state of n resources or the reference signal included in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong Resources.
  • the method further includes: receiving instruction information sent by the network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information of the n resources can be Is automatically updated.
  • the network device can indicate to the terminal device whether the TCI information of the n resources can be automatically updated, or it can also be understood as whether the n resources support the automatic update function.
  • the indication information may be an implicit indication, for example, carried in a resource parameter through one parameter or carried in the TCI-state of n resources, and so on.
  • the indication information may also be a display indication, for example, a signaling indication. It is described in detail in the following examples.
  • the same TCI configuration includes one or more items: the index of the TCI-state is the same, the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state are the same, or the TCI-state is the same. There is a containment relationship in state.
  • the TCI-state has an inclusion relationship, which can indicate that the resources in the TCI-state of the physical channel include the n resources, or the resources in the TCI-state of the n resources include the resources corresponding to the physical channel Resources.
  • the same TCI configuration includes multiple forms. Take resource 1 (that is, the reference signal resource corresponding to the physical channel) and resource 2 having the same TCI configuration as an example.
  • the index of the TCI-state of resource 1 and the index of the TCI-state of resource 2 are the same.
  • the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of resource 1 and the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of resource 2 are the same.
  • the resource included in the TCI-state of resource 2 is resource 1, it can be considered that resource 1 and resource 2 have the same TCI configuration; or, if the resource included in the TCI-state of resource 1 is resource 2, it can be considered Resource 1 and Resource 2 have the same TCI configuration.
  • the same TCI configuration can be used, for example, between downlink resources and downlink resources, between downlink resources and uplink resources, between uplink resources and uplink resources, or between uplink channels and uplink resources, and so on.
  • the following examples are described in detail.
  • the physical channel includes one or more of the following: a physical downlink control channel, a physical downlink shared channel, a physical uplink control channel, or a physical uplink shared channel.
  • a method for updating transmission configuration indication TCI information is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method may include: receiving information about n resources sent by a network device, where the n resources and m resources have the same transmission configuration indication TCI configuration, where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and m is greater than 1. Or an integer equal to 1, and n is less than or equal to m; when the m resources are updated, the TCI information of the n resources is updated. After the update, the n resources are the same as the m resources TCI configuration.
  • n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which means that the n resources after the update of the TCI information and the m resources after the update (or m resources after the change) have the same TCI configuration .
  • the n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration, and when m resources are updated, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of n resources with the same TCI configuration as the m resources, so that The n resources and m resources maintain the same TCI configuration. That is, the n resources after updating the TCI information and the m resources after updating the TCI-state have the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources are reconfigured through RRC reconfiguration, or TCI information is reconfigured for the n resources. This method greatly increases the signaling overhead, increases the delay, and reduces Improved data communication performance.
  • n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can be a one-to-one correspondence between n resources and n resources in m resources, and each corresponding group of resources (that is, resources corresponding to each other) have the same TCI configuration.
  • TCI configuration can be a one-to-one correspondence between n resources and n resources in m resources, and each corresponding group of resources (that is, resources corresponding to each other) have the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration, or any one of the n resources corresponds to one or more of the m resources, and each group of resources corresponding to each other (ie, corresponding to each other) Resources) have the same TCI configuration.
  • each of the n resources belongs to a resource set, that is, n resources belong to n resource sets, and n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration, or n resource sets and m resources
  • the n resources in the resources have a one-to-one correspondence, and the corresponding resources and resource sets have the same TCI configuration.
  • each of the n resources belongs to a resource set, that is, the n resources belong to the n resource sets, and the n resources and the m resources have the same TCI configuration, or any one of the n resource sets
  • the resource set corresponds to one or more of the m resources, and the resources and resource sets corresponding to each other have the same TCI configuration.
  • the TCI information may include TCI-state, or may also include resources included in TCI-state.
  • the update of the resource may indicate that the index of the resource has changed.
  • the m resources include any one of the following: resources reported based on measurement results, reference signal resources in TCI-state used for data transmission, or data transmission
  • the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used is the reference signal resource in the TCI-state.
  • m resources may represent the resources that the terminal device reports to the network device based on the measurement results; or, the m resources may be resources referenced by data transmission (or resources related to data transmission), such as data transmission
  • the reference signal resource in the TCI-state of the reference signal resource, or the reference signal resource in the TCI-state of the reference signal resource may represent the resources that the terminal device reports to the network device based on the measurement results; or, the m resources may be resources referenced by data transmission (or resources related to data transmission), such as data transmission
  • the resources reported by the terminal device to the network device at different times may be the same or different.
  • the terminal device reports based on the measurement result, which can be that the terminal device measures the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) of each resource (that is, the beam corresponding to the resource), and then selects m resources with the largest RSRP, Report the m resources to the network device.
  • the terminal device may also determine m resources based on the signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR). There is no restriction on this.
  • the n resources include any one of the following: resources used for channel measurement, resources used for beam measurement, or tracking reference signal resources.
  • n resources may represent resources used for channel measurement, or n resources may represent tracking reference signal resources.
  • the m resources are resources reported by the terminal device based on the measurement result, and the n resources are resources used for channel measurement.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement based on whether the reported resource has changed.
  • n resources are resources referenced by data transmission
  • n resources are tracking reference signal resources.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to automatically update the TCI information tracking the reference signal resource based on whether the resource referenced by the data transmission has changed.
  • n resources and m resources can be combined arbitrarily.
  • the condition that the m resources are updated includes: based on the measurement results at the second moment
  • the indexes of the reported m resources are not exactly the same as the indexes of the m resources reported based on the measurement result at the first time, where the first time is earlier than the second time.
  • the resource is updated, which can indicate that the index of the resource has changed. That is, the terminal device can determine whether to automatically update the TCI information of n resources based on whether the indexes of the resources reported this time and the resources reported last time are the same.
  • the updating the TCI information of the n resources includes: updating the TCI information based on the relationship between the n resources and the m resources TCI information of n resources.
  • n resources and m resources can have an association relationship.
  • the association relationship may be an implicit relationship. For example, when n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration, it can be considered that the n resources and m resources have an association relationship.
  • the association relationship may also be a displayed relationship. For example, the association relationship between n resources and m resources may exist in a form of a table, and so on.
  • the relationship between the n resources and the m resources includes one or more of the following: the n resources and the m resources N resources in the n resources in one-to-one correspondence; or, the n resource sets to which the n resources belong and the n resources in the m resources have a one-to-one correspondence; or, any one of the n resources corresponds to One or more of the m resources correspond; or, the resource set to which any one of the n resources belongs corresponds to one or more of the m resources; or, so
  • the n resources correspond to the channels of the n resources among the m resources one-to-one; or, the n resource sets to which the n resources belong correspond to the channels of the n resources among the m resources one-to-one
  • any one of the n resources corresponds to a channel of one or more of the m resources; or, the resource set to which any one of the n resources belongs is the same as the m Channel correspondence of one
  • n resources and the m resources may be any one or more of the foregoing.
  • the following examples are described in detail.
  • said updating the TCI information of the n resources includes one or more of the following: updating the TCI-state of the n resources; or, updating The TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong; or, update the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of the n resources; or, update the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong Reference signal resources included.
  • updating the TCI information can mean updating the TCI-state, such as updating the TCI-state of n resources or the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong.
  • Updating the TCI information can also mean updating the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state, such as updating the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state of n resources or the reference signal included in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong Resources.
  • the method further includes: receiving instruction information sent by the network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information of the n resources can be Is automatically updated.
  • the network device can indicate to the terminal device whether the TCI information of the n resources can be automatically updated, or it can also be understood as whether the n resources support the automatic update function.
  • the indication information may be an implicit indication, for example, carried in a resource parameter through one parameter or carried in the TCI-state of n resources, and so on.
  • the indication information may also be a display indication, for example, a signaling indication. It is described in detail in the following examples.
  • the same TCI configuration includes one or more: the index of the TCI-state is the same, the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state are the same, or the TCI-state There is a containment relationship in state.
  • the TCI-state has an inclusion relationship, which can indicate that the resources in the TCI-state of the m resources include the n resources, or the resources in the TCI-state of the n resources include the m resources .
  • the same TCI configuration includes multiple forms. Take resource 1 and resource 2 as having the same TCI configuration as an example.
  • the index of the TCI-state of resource 1 and the index of the TCI-state of resource 2 are the same.
  • the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of resource 1 and the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of resource 2 are the same.
  • the resource included in the TCI-state of resource 2 is resource 1, it can be considered that resource 1 and resource 2 have the same TCI configuration; or, if the resource included in the TCI-state of resource 1 is resource 2, it can be considered Resource 1 and Resource 2 have the same TCI configuration.
  • a communication device configured to execute the method provided in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for executing the method provided in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • a communication device in a fourth aspect, includes a memory and a processor.
  • the memory is used to store instructions.
  • the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory and respond to the instructions stored in the memory. The execution of causes the processor to execute the method provided in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
  • the communication device further includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a communication system the communication device provided in the third aspect; or, the communication device provided in the fourth aspect.
  • the communication system may also include other devices that interact with the communication device in the solution provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes a computer to execute the first aspect or The method in any one of the two possible implementation modes.
  • a computer program also called code, or instruction
  • a computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also called code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer to enable the computer to execute the first aspect or the first The method in any one of the two possible implementation modes.
  • a computer program also called code, or instruction
  • a chip system including a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip system executes the foregoing The method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the chip system may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
  • a chip in a ninth aspect, includes a processing module and a communication interface, the processing module is used to control the communication interface to communicate with the outside, and the processing module is also used to implement the first aspect or the second aspect Provided method.
  • a communication system including the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
  • FIG. 1 and Fig. 2 are schematic diagrams of a communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of beam measurement
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of receiving beam scanning
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for updating TCI information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for updating TCI information applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a method for updating TCI information applicable to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiments of this application can be applied to beam-based communication systems, such as: 5th generation (5G) systems, new radio (NR), long term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency division dual Frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS) or other evolved communication systems, etc.
  • 5G 5th generation
  • NR new radio
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division dual Frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may also be called: user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), access terminal, user unit, user station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • access terminal user unit, user station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to the user, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and so on.
  • some examples of terminals are: mobile phones (mobile phones), tablets, notebook computers, palmtop computers, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, and augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grid (smart grid) Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocols , SIP) phone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to wireless modem, vehicle Devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in a 5G network, or terminal devices in a public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to pass items through communication technology. Connect with the network to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices.
  • the network device may also be called an access network device or a wireless access network device, and may be a transmission reception point (TRP). ), it can also be an evolved NodeB (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, a home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU) , It can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and a network device in a 5G network
  • the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network may be an access point (AP) in a WLAN, or a gNB in a new radio system (new radio, NR) system, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • AP access point
  • a network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU).
  • CU centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU).
  • -CP node user plane CU node
  • CU-UP node user plane CU node
  • RAN equipment of DU node may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU).
  • -CP node user plane CU node (CU-UP node) and RAN equipment of DU node.
  • the network equipment provides services for the cell, and the terminal equipment communicates with the cell through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) allocated by the network equipment.
  • the cell may belong to a macro base station (for example, a macro eNB or a macro gNB, etc.) , It may also belong to the base station corresponding to the small cell, where the small cell may include: metro cell, micro cell, pico cell, femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • the embodiment of the beam in the NR protocol can be a spatial domain filter, or a spatial filter or a spatial parameter.
  • the beam used to transmit a signal can be called a transmission beam (Tx beam), can be called a spatial domain transmission filter or a spatial transmission parameter (spatial transmission parameter); the beam used to receive a signal can be called To receive the beam (reception beam, Rx beam), it may be called a spatial domain receive filter (spatial domain receive filter) or a spatial receive parameter (spatial RX parameter).
  • the transmitting beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions in space after a signal is transmitted through the antenna
  • the receiving beam may refer to the signal strength distribution of the wireless signal received from the antenna in different directions in space.
  • the beam may be a wide beam, or a narrow beam, or other types of beams.
  • the beam forming technology may be beamforming technology or other technology.
  • the beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, or a hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology.
  • Beams generally correspond to resources. For example, when performing beam measurement, network equipment uses different resources to measure different beams. The terminal equipment feeds back the measured resource quality, and the network equipment knows the quality of the corresponding beam. During data transmission, the beam information is also indicated by its corresponding resource. For example, the network device instructs the terminal device physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) beam information through the transmission configuration indicator (TCI) resource in the downlink control information (DCI).
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • TCI transmission configuration indicator
  • multiple beams with the same or similar communication characteristics may be regarded as one beam.
  • One beam corresponds to one or more antenna ports, which are used to transmit data channels, control channels, and sounding signals.
  • One or more antenna ports corresponding to a beam can also be regarded as an antenna port set.
  • the beam refers to the transmission beam.
  • each beam of the network device corresponds to a resource, so the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource.
  • the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource.
  • the resource can be an uplink signal resource or a downlink signal resource.
  • the uplink signal includes, but is not limited to: sounding reference signal (SRS) and demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • Downlink signals include but are not limited to: channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), cell-specific reference signal (CS-RS), UE-specific reference signal (user equipment specific reference signal, US-RS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), and synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block, SS/PBCH block).
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • CS-RS cell-specific reference signal
  • UE-specific reference signal user equipment specific reference signal
  • US-RS demodulation reference signal
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • SS/PBCH block synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block
  • the SS/PBCH block can be referred to as a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB).
  • the resources can be configured through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • a resource is a data structure, including its corresponding uplink/downlink signal related parameters, such as the type of uplink/downlink signal, the resource element that carries the uplink/downlink signal, the transmission time and period of the uplink/downlink signal , The number of ports used to send uplink/downlink signals, etc.
  • Each uplink/downlink signal resource has a unique index to identify the uplink/downlink signal resource. It is understandable that the index of the resource may also be referred to as the identifier of the resource, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the beam measurement is a measurement procedure in the R15 protocol, which may include the following steps 1 to 4.
  • Step 1 The network device sends measurement configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the network device may send measurement configuration information to the terminal through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling.
  • radio resource control radio resource control, RRC
  • Measurement configuration information mainly includes two parts: resource configuration information and report configuration information.
  • Resource configuration information refers to information related to measurement resources. Resource configuration information can be configured through a three-level structure (resourceConfig-resourceSet-resource) in the protocol.
  • the network device may configure one or more resource configurations for the terminal device, each resource configuration may include one or more resource sets, and each resource set may include one or more resources.
  • Each resource configuration/resource set/resource can include its own index.
  • each resource configuration/resource set/resource may also include some other parameters, such as the period of the resource and the signal type corresponding to the resource.
  • Reporting configuration information refers to information related to measurement result reporting.
  • the report configuration information can be configured through the report configuration (reportConfig) in the protocol.
  • the network device can configure one or more reporting configurations for the terminal device, and each reporting configuration can include information related to the reporting of measurement results, such as reporting indicators, reporting time and period, and reporting format.
  • the report configuration may also include the index of the resource configuration, which is used to indicate the measurement configuration through which the reported result is measured.
  • the following is the specific format of resource configuration and report configuration in the R15 protocol. .
  • a resource configuration includes one or more resource sets, and a resource set includes one or more resources>
  • the above resource set includes one or more resources
  • the nzp-CSI-RS resource set includes one or more nzp-CSI-RS resources
  • the csi-SSB resource set includes one or more SSB resources
  • the csi-IM resource set includes one Or multiple csi-IM resources. Since there are many types of resource sets, we will not expand them one by one here. The following introduces NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet>
  • ⁇ group-based reporting criteria can be configured as enabled or disabled>
  • Step 2 The network device sends a downlink signal on the resource particle corresponding to the resource configured by the resource configuration information, so that the terminal device can determine the quality of each resource (that is, the quality of the beam corresponding to the resource) by measuring the downlink signal.
  • Step 3 The terminal device measures the downlink signal according to the measurement configuration information.
  • Step 4 The terminal device sends a beam measurement report to the network device.
  • the beam measurement report may include the index and quality of one or more resources.
  • Table 1 is the reporting format adopted by the beam measurement report in the R15 protocol.
  • the CRI (CSI-RS Resource Indicator) field and the SSBRI (SSB Resource Indicator) field are used to indicate the resource index to be reported. It is possible to report only CRI or SSBRI, or both. with Is the length of the CRI field and the SSBRI field.
  • the RSRP field and the differential RSRP field are used to indicate the quality of resources.
  • the reporting of the quality of resources adopts the differential reporting criterion. For example, in Table 1, the RSRP of the best resource (such as the RSRP field in Table 1) is reported quantified by 7 bits, while the RSRP of other resources (such as the differential RSRP field in Table 1) is reported quantified by 4 bits.
  • the beam measurement report may be carried in a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH).
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • beams correspond to reference signal resources/measurement signal resources (both referred to as resources).
  • resources both referred to as resources.
  • the quality of the beam can be known by measuring the quality of the feedback resource. Therefore, in this application, beams and resources are interchangeable.
  • the beam can also be described as a TCI state (TCI-state).
  • the signals corresponding to the antenna ports with the QCL relationship have the same parameters, or the parameters of one antenna port can be used to determine the parameters of the other antenna port that has the QCL relationship with the antenna port, or the two antenna ports have the same parameters , Or, the parameter difference between the two antenna ports is less than a certain threshold.
  • the parameters may include one or more of the following: delay spread, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average delay, average Gain, spatial reception parameters (spatial Rx parameters).
  • the spatial reception parameters can include one or more of the following: angle of arrival (angle of arrival, AOA), average AOA, AOA extension, angle of departure (angle of departure, AOD), average departure angle AOD, AOD extension, reception Antenna spatial correlation parameter, transmit antenna spatial correlation parameter, transmit beam, receive beam, and resource identification.
  • the above-mentioned angle may be decomposition values of different dimensions, or a combination of decomposition values of different dimensions.
  • Antenna ports are antenna ports with different antenna port numbers, and/or antenna ports that have the same antenna port number for information transmission or reception in different time and/or frequency and/or code domain resources, and/or have different Antenna port number The antenna port for information transmission or reception in different time and/or frequency and/or code domain resources.
  • the resource identifier may include: CSI-RS resource identifier, or SRS resource identifier, or SSB resource identifier, or the resource identifier of the preamble sequence transmitted on the Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH), or the demodulation reference signal (DMRS) resource identifier is used to indicate the beam on the resource.
  • CSI-RS resource identifier or SRS resource identifier, or SSB resource identifier, or the resource identifier of the preamble sequence transmitted on the Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH), or the demodulation reference signal (DMRS) resource identifier is used to indicate the beam on the resource.
  • QCL relationships can be divided into the following four types based on different parameters:
  • Type A Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, and delay spread;
  • Type B Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread
  • Type C Doppler frequency shift, average delay
  • Type D (type D): Space receiving parameters.
  • QCL involved in the embodiment of the present application is a type D QCL.
  • QCL can be understood as a QCL of type D, that is, a QCL defined based on spatial reception parameters.
  • a QCL relationship refers to a QCL relationship of type D, it can be considered as an airspace QCL.
  • the QCL relationship between the downlink signal port and the downlink signal port, or between the uplink signal port and the uplink signal port can be that the two signals have the same AOA or AOD. Yu means the same receiving beam or transmitting beam.
  • the AOA and AOD of the two signals may have a corresponding relationship, or the AOD and AOA of the two signals may have a corresponding relationship, that is, the beam can be used Reciprocity: Determine the uplink transmit beam according to the downlink receive beam, or determine the downlink receive beam according to the uplink transmit beam.
  • the two antenna ports are spatial QCL, it can mean that the corresponding beam directions of the two antenna ports are spatially consistent. From the perspective of the receiving end, if the two antenna ports are spatial QCL, it can mean that the receiving end can receive the signals sent by the two antenna ports in the same beam direction.
  • the signal transmitted on the port with the spatial QCL relationship may also have a corresponding beam, and the corresponding beam includes at least one of the following: the same receiving beam, the same transmitting beam, and the transmitting beam corresponding to the receiving beam (corresponding to the reciprocal Scene), the receiving beam corresponding to the transmitting beam (corresponding to the scene with reciprocity).
  • the signal transmitted on the port with the spatial QCL relationship can also be understood as using the same spatial filter to receive or transmit the signal.
  • the spatial filter may be at least one of the following: precoding, weight of the antenna port, phase deflection of the antenna port, and amplitude gain of the antenna port.
  • the signal transmitted on the port with the spatial QCL relationship can also be understood as having a corresponding beam pair link (BPL), and the corresponding BPL includes at least one of the following: the same downlink BPL, the same uplink BPL, and the downlink BPL The corresponding uplink BPL, the downlink BPL corresponding to the uplink BPL.
  • BPL beam pair link
  • the spatial reception parameter (ie, QCL of type D) can be understood as a parameter for indicating the direction information of the reception beam.
  • TCI-state can be used to indicate the QCL relationship between two reference signals.
  • Each TCI-state may include a serving cell index (ServeCellIndex), a bandwidth part (bandwidth part, BWP) identifier (identifier, ID), and a reference signal resource identifier.
  • the reference signal resource identifier may be, for example, at least one of the following: non-zero power (NZP) CSI-RS reference signal resource identifier (NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId), non-zero power CSI-RS reference signal Resource set identifier (NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId) or SSB index (SSB-Index).
  • the transmission beam information can be indicated by TCI-state.
  • Each TCI-state includes its own index (tci-StateId) and two QCl-Info.
  • Each QCl-Info may include a reference signal resource (referenceSignal), which indicates that the resource using the TCI-state and the reference signal resource included in the QCL-Info constitute a QCL relationship. For example, if a TCI-state is configured for resource 1, and the resource included in the QCL-Info included in the TCI-state is resource 2, it means that resource 1 and resource 2 are QCL.
  • TCI-state is configured by network equipment to each terminal device.
  • the following is a format of TCI-state.
  • the terminal device may determine the receiving beam based on the TCI-state indicated by the network device, and the network device may determine the transmitting beam based on the same TCI-state.
  • TCI-state can be configured globally. In TCI-states configured for different cells and different bandwidth parts (BWP), if the index of the TCI-state is the same, the configuration of the corresponding TCI-state is also the same.
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • beam measurement includes three types of measurement: periodic measurement, semi-static measurement, and aperiodic measurement.
  • the TCI-state is configured at the resourceSet level, that is, a resourceSet is configured with a TCI-state.
  • TCI-state is configured at the resource level, that is, one resource can be configured with one TCI-state.
  • the network device configures a trigger state for the terminal device, and the trigger-state is used to trigger the aperiodic measurement report process.
  • Each trigger-state is associated with one or more report configurations (reportConfig), and each reportConfig is associated with a resourceSet. That is, each trigger-state can trigger multiple non-periodic reporting processes, and the content reported in each reporting process is obtained by measuring the corresponding resourceSet.
  • the resourceSet associated with trigger-state can be of the SSB type, that is, the resources included in the resourceSet are all SSB resources; the resourceSet associated with the trigger-state can also be of the type NZP-CSI-RS, that is, the resources included in the resourceSet are all NZP-CSI- RS resources.
  • the resourceSet type is the NZP-CSI-RS type
  • the resourceSet may also be associated with a TCI-state index, and the TCI-state index is used to indicate the TCI-state adopted by the resourceSet.
  • TCI can be used to indicate TCI-state.
  • the network device can configure the TCI-state list for the terminal device through high-level signaling (such as an RRC message). For example, the network device can add the TCI-state list (tci-StatesToAddModList) in the RRC message. Configure the TCI-state list for the terminal device.
  • the TCI-state list may include multiple TCI-states. For example, the network device may configure a maximum of 64 TCI-states for each BWP in each cell.
  • the network device can activate one or more TCI-states through high-level signaling (such as MAC CE).
  • the activated TCI-state is a subset of the TCI-state list configured in the above RRC message.
  • the network device can activate up to 8 TCI-states for each BWP in each cell.
  • the network device can also indicate a selected TCI-state through the TCI field in the physical layer signaling (such as DCI).
  • the DCI may be applicable to DCI for scheduling physical downlink resources, for example.
  • the configuration information of a TCI-state may include the identification of one or two reference signal resources and the associated QCL type.
  • the terminal device can demodulate the PDCCH or PDSCH according to the indication of the TCI-state.
  • the terminal device can know which transmit beam is used by the network device to send signals, and can then determine which receive beam to use to receive signals according to the beam pairing relationship determined by the channel measurement described above.
  • the terminal device may determine the receiving beam for receiving the PDSCH according to the TCI field in the DCI on the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
  • PDCH physical downlink control channel
  • Control resource set (CORESET)
  • the control resource set is a resource set used to transmit downlink control information, and may also be referred to as a control resource region or a physical downlink control channel resource set.
  • Each control resource set may be a set of resource element groups (REG).
  • REG is the basic unit for downlink control signaling to allocate physical resources, and is used to define the mapping of downlink control signaling to RE.
  • REG may be composed of 4 continuous resource elements (resource elements, RE) of non-reference signal (RS) in the frequency domain.
  • REG resource elements
  • RS non-reference signal
  • control resource set can be understood as a set of resources that may be used to send PDCCH; for terminal devices, the resources corresponding to the search space of the PDCCH of each terminal device belong to the control resource set.
  • the network device can determine the resource used to send the PDCCH from the control resource set, and the terminal device can determine the PDCCH search space according to the control resource set.
  • the control resource set may include time-frequency resources, for example, it may be a bandwidth or one or more subbands in the frequency domain; it may be one or more symbols in the time domain; and a control resource set may be in the time-frequency domain. It is a continuous or discontinuous resource unit, for example, a continuous resource block (resource block, RB) or a discontinuous RB.
  • RB resource block
  • an RB is an example of a resource unit, and the size of the RB may be a resource defined in the NR protocol, or a resource defined in a future protocol, or other names may be used instead.
  • the control resource set in the time domain may also be one or more time slots, radio frames, subframes, mini-slots or sub-slots, or transmission time intervals (TTI). The application embodiment does not specifically limit this.
  • control resource set may also include TCI-state.
  • the control resource set may include multiple TCI-states, and the activated TCI-state may be one of the multiple TCI-states.
  • the resource used to transmit PDCCH may specifically adopt one of the multiple TCI-states.
  • Which TCI-state to use is specified by the network device. For example, a network device sends a media access control (Media Access Control, MAC) control element (CE) (MAC CE) to a terminal device, and the MAC CE carries a TCI-state index. The TCI-state index is used The TCI-state is used to indicate the PDCCH corresponding to the control resource set.
  • the network equipment can also modify the TCI-state of the PDCCH through the MAC CE.
  • the network device can configure one or more control resource sets for the terminal device to transmit different types of PDCCH.
  • the control resource set can be configured through the ControlResourceSet information element in the high-level parameters, for example.
  • the high-level parameters may include, for example, the identification (ID) of the control resource set, frequency domain resources, and the number of symbols included in the duration (duration). This application does not limit the specific parameters used to configure the control resource set.
  • the communication system applied in the embodiments of the present application may include one or more network devices and one or more terminal devices.
  • a network device can transmit data or control signaling to one or more terminal devices.
  • multiple network devices may simultaneously transmit data or control signaling for one terminal device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applied in an embodiment of this application.
  • the communication system 100 includes a network device or 110 and a plurality of terminal devices 120 (terminal device 120a and terminal device 120b as shown in FIG. 1).
  • the network device 110 may simultaneously transmit multiple analog beams through multiple radio frequency channels to transmit data to multiple terminal devices.
  • the network device transmits beam 1 and beam 2 at the same time, wherein beam 1 is used to transmit data for terminal device 120a, and beam 2 is used to transmit data for terminal device 120b.
  • the beam 1 may be referred to as the serving beam of the terminal device 120a, and the beam 2 may be referred to as the serving beam of the terminal device 120b.
  • the terminal device 120a and the terminal device 120b may belong to the same cell.
  • FIG. 2 shows another schematic diagram of a communication system 200 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 200 may include at least two network devices, such as the network device 210 shown in FIG. 2 (the network device 210a and the network device 210b shown in FIG. 2); the communication system 200 may also It includes at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 220 shown in FIG. 2.
  • the terminal device 220 may establish a wireless link with the network device 210a and the network device 210b through dual connectivity (DC) technology or multi-connection technology.
  • the network device 210a may be, for example, a primary base station
  • the network device 210b may be, for example, a secondary base station.
  • the network device 210a is the network device when the terminal device 220 initially accesses, and is responsible for radio resource control (RRC) communication with the terminal device 220.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the network device 210b can be added during RRC reconfiguration. , Used to provide additional wireless resources.
  • the beam measurement mainly includes two processes of sending beam scanning (or called sending beam measurement) and receiving beam scanning (or called receiving beam measurement).
  • Transmit beam scanning can be used to determine the best transmit beam.
  • a network device can use multiple different transmission beams to send measurement signals, and the terminal device measures the measurement signals corresponding to each transmission beam, and determines which transmission beam is the best according to the signal strength received on each transmission beam (such as signal strength). The larger, the better the sending beam), and the information of the sending beam is reported to the network device. In this way, the network device can know which transmission beam is the best to send data to the terminal device.
  • the best downlink transmit beam can be determined by scanning the transmit beam. In the resourceSet used to send beam scanning, the repetition parameter is set to "off".
  • Receive beam scanning is used to determine the best receive beam.
  • the network device may use the same transmit beam to transmit measurement signals multiple times, and the terminal device may use different receive beams to measure the measurement signals transmitted multiple times by the transmit beam to determine which receive beam is the best for the transmit beam.
  • the best uplink transmission beam can be determined by receiving beam scanning. For different transmit beams, the best receive beam may be different. Therefore, when receiving beam scanning, a specific transmit beam is generally fixed to determine the best receive beam for the transmit beam. In the resourceSet used for receiving beam scanning, the repetition parameter is set to "on".
  • the beam measurement process can also be used to determine the receive beams of some specific transmit beams, or determine the transmit beams of some specific receive beams.
  • receiving beam scanning may be used to determine the receiving beam of a specific transmitting beam, for example, receiving beam scanning may be used to determine the receiving beam of a specific transmitting beam, such as a PDCCH beam or a PDSCH beam.
  • the network device in order to determine the best receiving beam of the PDCCH beam, the network device needs to configure a resourceSet (repetition parameter is set to "on") to the terminal device, and set the TCI-state of the resourceSet or the resource in the resourceSet
  • the TCI-state is configured to be the same as the TCI-state of the PDCCH beam, so that the best receiving beam of the PDCCH beam can be determined by measuring the resources of the resourceSet.
  • the control channel beam may change, that is, the PDCCH beam may change, or in other words, the TCI-state of the PDCCH may change.
  • the originally configured resourceSet cannot be used for receiving beam scanning of the new PDCCH beam, that is, the best receiving beam of the PDCCH beam cannot be determined by measuring the resources of the previous resourceSet.
  • the network device When the PDCCH beam changes, in order to scan the new PDCCH beam, a possible implementation is that the network device reconfigures a new resourceSet, or the network device can also configure a new TCI- for the previously used resourceSet. state. As shown in Figure 4, when the control channel beam transmission changes, that is, the TCI-state changes, the network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device to reconfigure a new resourceSet, or the network device configures a new resourceSet for the previously used resourceSet.
  • the TCI-state of the PDCCH is the same as the TCI-state of the PDCCH.
  • each beam change (such as PDCCH beam transmission change) will cause RRC reconfiguration.
  • Frequent RRC reconfiguration will bring greater signaling overhead.
  • the effective time of the RRC reconfiguration is also relatively long, resulting in the inability to perform the receiving beam scanning of the new PDCCH beam in time. Furthermore, the data transmission performance will decrease.
  • This application proposes a method and device for updating TCI information.
  • signaling overhead caused by frequent RRC reconfiguration can be avoided, and the delay caused by updating TCI information can be reduced and data transmission can be improved. performance.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method 500 for updating TCI information according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the method 500 may include the following steps.
  • the network device sends information about n resources to the terminal device, where the n resources have the same TCI configuration as the first target, where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the resource among the n resources is marked as resource A, that is, the network device sends n resource A information to the terminal device.
  • Resource A can be an uplink signal resource or a downlink signal resource.
  • Resource A may be a measurement resource used for beam measurement, such as a resource used for transmitting beam scanning or receiving beam scanning.
  • the resource A may also be a resource used for channel measurement.
  • the resource A may also be a tracking reference signal (tracking reference signal, TRS) resource, etc., which is not limited.
  • TRS tracking reference signal
  • the network device sends measurement configuration information to the terminal device, and the measurement configuration information includes the n resources A.
  • the measurement configuration information may include resource configuration information, the resource configuration information (resourceConfig) includes one or more resource sets (resourceSet), and each resource set may include one or more resources.
  • the measurement configuration information includes n resources A, and the n resources A may belong to one resource set, or may also belong to multiple resource sets, which is not limited.
  • the measurement configuration information may also include report configuration information.
  • the measurement configuration information may include trigger status.
  • the trigger state is configured by the network device to the terminal device through measurement configuration information, and is used to trigger the aperiodic measurement report process.
  • the first goal includes the following two situations.
  • Case 1 The first target is a physical channel.
  • the physical channel may be one or more of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, PUSCH, or PUCCH.
  • the resource may be: a reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission, a reference signal resource in the TCI-state of the reference signal resource, or a resource reported by beam management, etc.
  • the same TCI configuration can be used, for example, between downlink resources and downlink resources, between downlink resources and uplink resources, between uplink resources and uplink resources, between downlink channels and downlink resources, uplink channels and downlink resources Between the uplink channel and the uplink resource, etc.
  • the downlink resource and the downlink resource have the same TCI configuration.
  • Having the same TCI configuration can indicate that the TCI-state indexes of the two downlink resources are the same. Or, having the same TCI configuration may also indicate that the reference signal resources corresponding to the QCL-info of typeD included in the TCI-states of the two downlink resources are the same. Or, having the same TCI configuration may also mean that all the reference signal resources corresponding to the QCL-info included in the TCI-states of the two downlink resources are the same. Alternatively, having the same TCI configuration may also indicate that there is a mutual inclusion relationship in the TCI-state. For example, if the resource included in the TCI-state of resource 2 is resource 1, it can be considered that resource 1 and resource 2 have the same TCI configuration.
  • the downlink resource and the uplink resource have the same TCI configuration.
  • Having the same TCI configuration may indicate that the reference resource in the TCI-state of the downlink resource is the same as the reference resource in the spatial relation (SR) of the uplink resource.
  • having the same TCI configuration may also indicate that the reference resource in the TCI-state of the downlink resource is the uplink resource.
  • having the same TCI configuration may also indicate that the reference resource in the spatial relationship of the uplink resource is the downlink resource.
  • the spatial relationship can also be called uplink TCI (uplink TCI, UL TCI). The spatial relationship can be used to determine the transmission beam of the uplink signal.
  • the uplink resource and the uplink resource have the same TCI configuration.
  • Having the same TCI configuration can indicate that the two uplink resources have the same TCI-state or spatial relationship. Or, having the same TCI configuration may indicate that the resources included in the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the two uplink resources are the same. Or, having the same TCI configuration may indicate that the resource included in the TCI-state or spatial relationship of one uplink resource is the other uplink resource of the two uplink resources.
  • the downlink channel and the downlink resource have the same TCI configuration. Having the same TCI configuration, it can be expressed that the index of the TCI-state of the downlink channel and the downlink resource is the same. Or, having the same TCI configuration may indicate that the downlink channel is the same as the reference signal resource corresponding to the QCL-info of type D included in the TCI-state of the downlink resource. Or, having the same TCI configuration can also be expressed as the reference signal resource corresponding to the downlink channel and all QCL-info included in the downlink resource are the same. Or, having the same TCI configuration can also be expressed as the downlink channel and the downlink resource have a mutual inclusion relationship in the TCI-state, for example, the resource included in the TCI-state of the downlink channel is the downlink resource.
  • the uplink channel and the downlink resource have the same TCI configuration.
  • the UL TCI-state of the uplink channel has the same index as the TCI-state of the downlink resource.
  • the resource included in the UL TCI-state of the uplink channel is the downlink resource.
  • the uplink channel and the uplink resource have the same TCI configuration.
  • Having the same TCI configuration can indicate that the SRS resource index (SRS-resource indicator, SRI) corresponding to the uplink channel is the uplink resource.
  • SRI SRS-resource indicator
  • having the same TCI configuration may indicate that the SRI corresponding to the uplink channel is a resource included in the UL TCI-state or spatial relationship of the uplink resource.
  • the resource and the resource have the same TCI configuration, and it can also be considered that the resource and the resource are corresponding or associated; or, the resource and the channel have the same TCI configuration, and it can also be considered that the resource and the channel are corresponding or associated.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI information of the n resources. After the update, the n resources have the same TCI configuration as the first target. In other words, the n resources always maintain the same TCI configuration as the first target.
  • the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of the n resource A, so that the n resource A and the first target can maintain the same TCI configuration .
  • Automatic update is mentioned many times.
  • Automatic update can be understood as the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information corresponding to the resource or resource set after determining that the first target or the TCI-state of the first target is updated. Or, it can be understood that after the first target or the TCI-state of the first target is updated, the network device does not need to reconfigure the resource or resource set through RRC reconfiguration, or the network device does not need to configure a new resource or resource set. TCI information.
  • the network device configures multiple TCI information for the resource or resource set in advance, or in other words, the resource or resource set is associated with multiple TCI information, and the terminal device according to the first target or the TCI-state corresponding to the first target, Determine the TCI information corresponding to the resource or resource set from the multiple TCI information.
  • Updating the TCI information may mean updating the TCI-state, for example, updating the TCI-state of the resource A, or updating the TCI-state of the resource set to which the resource A belongs.
  • updating the TCI information may also mean updating the reference resource in the TCI-state, for example, updating the reference resource in the TCI-state of the resource A, or updating the reference resource in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the resource A belongs. Update the TCI information so that the n resources A maintain the same TCI configuration as the first target.
  • the multiple TCI-states configured by the network device for the resource set in advance include: TCI-state1, TCI-state2, TCI-state3, TCI-state4, and TCI-state5, and the resource set is associated with the PDCCH.
  • TCI-state of the PDCCH when the TCI-state of the PDCCH is TCI-state2, the TCI-state corresponding to the resource set is TCI-state2; another example, when the TCI-state of the PDCCH is updated to TCI-state4, the TCI-state corresponding to the resource set Update to TCI-state4.
  • Step 520 is briefly described below in combination with the above two situations.
  • Case 1 The first target is a physical channel.
  • step 520 When the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated, the terminal device updates the TCI information of n resource A, and the updated n resource A has the same TCI configuration as the updated physical channel .
  • the updated n resources A indicate the n resources A after updating the TCI information; the updated physical channel indicates the physical channel after updating the TCI-state.
  • the terminal device may automatically update the TCI information of resource A based on the update message.
  • the method 500 may further include: the terminal device receives an update message sent by the network device, where the update message is used to indicate the updated TCI-state of the physical channel. After receiving the update message, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the n resources A, so that the n resources A and the physical channel always have the same TCI configuration.
  • the update message can be MAC CE signaling, that is, the network device can activate a TCI-state through MAC CE, or in other words, the network device can activate a certain control resource set through MAC CE Of a TCI-state.
  • the terminal device After receiving the MAC CE, the terminal device updates the TCI information of the n resource A, so that after the update, the resource A and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration.
  • the update message can be DCI or MAC CE, that is, the network device can indicate one or more updated TCI-states through DCI, or the network device can activate the update through MAC CE One or more TCI-states afterwards.
  • the terminal device After receiving the DCI or MAC CE, the terminal device updates the TCI-state of the n resources A, so that the updated TCI-state is the same as the updated TCI-state of the PDSCH beam.
  • the effective time of the TCI-state after the TCI information of the n resources A is updated is consistent with the effective time of the TCI-state after the physical channel is updated.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI-states corresponding to n resources A after a preset period of time.
  • the preset duration may be preset, such as preset by the network device or specified in the protocol; or, it may be the preset duration configured by the network device and notified to the terminal device, such as the duration determined based on historical communication conditions; Or, it may be determined by the terminal device itself, and the terminal device may also report the time as a terminal capability parameter to the network device.
  • the terminal device may update the TCI information of the n resource A based on the relationship between the n resource A and the physical channel.
  • the n resource A and the physical channel have the same TCI configuration, and it can be considered that the n resource A is associated or corresponding to the physical channel.
  • the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of the n resources A associated with the physical channel, so that the associated n resources A and the physical channel have the same TCI configuration.
  • the relationship between the n resources A and the physical channel, or that the n resources A and the physical channel have the same TCI configuration, may be obtained in advance by the terminal device, for example, the network device may notify the terminal device in advance.
  • the relationship between n resources A and physical channels may include one or more of the following: the corresponding relationship between the physical channel and the n resource A, the corresponding relationship between the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resource A belongs, and the physical channel The corresponding relationship between the corresponding resource and the n resource A, or the corresponding relationship between the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resource A belongs.
  • the physical channel is PDCCH
  • the n resources A include: resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3.
  • the resource set to which resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3 belong is resource set 1.
  • the relationship between n resources A and physical channels may include: PDCCH corresponds to resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3. In other words, the TCI configuration of PDCCH, resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3 are the same.
  • the relationship between the n resources A and the physical channel may further include: the PDCCH corresponds to the resource set 1, in other words, the PDCCH and the resource set 1 have the same TCI configuration.
  • the relationship between the n resources A and the physical channel may also include: the resource corresponding to the PDCCH corresponds to resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3. In other words, the resource corresponding to PDCCH, resource 1, resource 2, and resource The TCI configuration of 3 is the same.
  • the relationship between the n resources A and the physical channel may further include: the resource corresponding to the PDCCH corresponds to the resource set 1. In other words, the resource corresponding to the PDCCH has the same TCI configuration as the resource set 1.
  • the first target is m resources, m is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and m is greater than or equal to n.
  • step 520 in the case where m resources are changed, the terminal device updates the TCI information of n resources A, and the updated n resources A and the updated m resources have the same TCI configuration.
  • the updated n resources A represent n resources A after updating the TCI information.
  • the updated m resources represent the m resources after the resource change, and may also represent the m resources after the TCI is updated.
  • Step 520 can be understood as, if the TCI of m resources is updated, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of n resources A, and the updated n resources A and the updated m resources have the same TCI configuration.
  • the TCI update of m resources may also lead to the TCI update of n resources A.
  • m resources are reference signal resources in the TCI-state used for data transmission, and the TCI update of m resources can be understood as a change in the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission, or the TCI-state of the reference resource. The reference signal resource in the state changes, and so on.
  • the m resources are resources reported based on the measurement results; or, the m resources are reference signal resources in the TCI-state used for data transmission or reference signal resources in the TCI-state of the reference resource.
  • the reference signal resource in the TCI-state of the reference resource is the reference signal resource in the TCI-state of the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission.
  • the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission is resource 1, and m resources may represent the reference signal resource in the TCI-state of resource 1.
  • the n resources are resources used for channel measurement; or, the n resources are resources used for beam measurement; or, the n resources are tracking reference signal resources.
  • m resources and n resources can be combined arbitrarily, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that if one of the two associated resources is updated, the terminal device automatically updates the other associated resource.
  • n resources A and the m resources have the same TCI configuration, and the n resources A may have a one-to-one correspondence with the n resources in the m resources, and each corresponding group of resources has the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, or any resource A in the n resources A corresponds to one or more of the m resources, and each corresponding group of resources has the same TCI Configuration.
  • each resource A in the n resources A belongs to a resource set, that is, n resources A belong to n resource sets, and n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, or n resource sets and The n resources in the m resources have a one-to-one correspondence, and the resources and resource sets corresponding to each other have the same TCI configuration.
  • each resource A in the n resources A belongs to a resource set, that is, n resources A belong to n resource sets, and n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, or they can be in n resource sets Any one resource set corresponds to one or more of the m resources, and the corresponding resources and resource sets have the same TCI configuration.
  • m is equal to n.
  • n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that the n resources A and m resources have a one-to-one correspondence, and each corresponding group of resources has the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources A include resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3, and m resources include resource 4, resource 5, and resource 6.
  • the n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that resource 1 and resource 4 have the same TCI configuration, resource 2 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 3 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration.
  • m is greater than n.
  • n resources A and the m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that the n resources A have a one-to-one correspondence with the n resources in the m resources, and each corresponding group of resources has the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can also mean that the n resources A and m resources are one-to-many, and each corresponding group of resources has the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources A including resource 1 and resource 2 and m resources including resource 4, resource 5, and resource 6 as an example, n resources A and m resources having the same TCI configuration can be in any of the following forms.
  • n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that resource 1 and resource 4 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 2 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that resource 1 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 2 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration. It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the n resources A may correspond to any n resources among the m resources, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can indicate that the resource set to which resource 1 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 4, and the resource set to which resource 2 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 5.
  • TCI configuration TCI configuration.
  • n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that the resource set to which resource 1 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 5, and the resource set to which resource 2 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 6.
  • n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that resource 1 and resource 4 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 2 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that resource 1 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 2 and resource 4 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can indicate that the resource set to which resource 1 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 4 and resource 5, and the resource set and resource to which resource 2 belongs 6 has the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that the resource set to which resource 1 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 5, and the resource set to which resource 2 belongs has the same TCI as resources 4 and 6 Configuration.
  • the terminal device may automatically update the TCI information of the resource A based on whether the m resources are changed.
  • This scenario 2 includes at least the following two scenarios.
  • the n resources A are resources used for channel measurement or beam measurement.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement or beam measurement according to whether the reported resource has changed.
  • the m resources are updated, including: the index of the m resources reported by the terminal device at the second time and the m resources reported by the terminal device at the first time are not exactly the same, where the first time is earlier than the second time.
  • the terminal device can be based on whether the resources reported twice are the same, for example, whether the currently reported resource is exactly the same as the last reported resource. Determine whether to update the TCI information of n resource A.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI information of n resource A.
  • the m resources belong to the reference resource used for data transmission, that is, the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission, or the reference signal resource in the TCI-state of the reference signal resource.
  • scenario 2 indicates that m resources are resources referenced by data transmission, or in other words, resources related to data transmission, such as the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission, or the TCI-state of the reference signal resource Reference signal resources in, etc., are uniformly represented by resources referenced by data transmission below.
  • the n resources are tracking reference signal resources.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to automatically update the TCI information tracking the reference signal resource according to whether the resource referenced for data transmission has changed.
  • the terminal device may update the TCI information of the n resources A based on the relationship between the n resources A and the m resources.
  • the n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, and it can be considered that the n resources A and m resources are associated or corresponding.
  • the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of the n resources A associated with the physical channel, so that the associated n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which may be obtained in advance by the terminal device, for example, the network device notifies the terminal device in advance.
  • the relationship between n resources A and m resources includes one or more of the following: n resources A correspond to n resources in m resources one-to-one, n resource sets to which n resources A belong and There is a one-to-one correspondence between n resources in the m resources, any resource A in the n resources A corresponds to one or more resources in the m resources, and the resource set to which any resource A in the n resources A belongs is One or more of the m resources correspond to one or more of the resources, n resource A corresponds to the channels of the n resources of the m resources one-to-one, n resource sets to which the n resources A belong and n resources of the m resources One-to-one correspondence between the channels of the n resources A, any one of the n resources A corresponds to the channel of one or more of the m resources, or the resource set to which any one of the n resources A belongs and m resources Correspondence to one or more resources in the channel.
  • n resources A including resource 1 and resource 2 Take n resources A including resource 1 and resource 2, and m resources including resource 4, resource 5, and resource 6 as an example.
  • n resources A There is a one-to-one correspondence between the n resources A and the n resources in the m resources, and the n resources A may be in a one-to-one correspondence with any two resources among the m resources.
  • resource 1 corresponds to resource 4
  • resource 2 corresponds to resource 6, that is, resource 1 and resource 4 have the same TCI configuration
  • resource 2 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration.
  • the n resources A have a one-to-one correspondence with the n resources in the m resources, and the n resource sets to which the n resources A belong may have a one-to-one correspondence with any two of the m resources.
  • the resource set to which resource 1 belongs corresponds to resource 4
  • the resource set to which resource 2 belongs corresponds to resource 6. That is, the resource set to which resource 1 belongs and resource 4 have the same TCI configuration, and the resource set to which resource 2 belongs corresponds to Resource 6 has the same TCI configuration.
  • the n resources A have a one-to-one correspondence with the n resources in the m resources, and any one of the n resources A may correspond to one or more of the m resources.
  • resource 1 corresponds to resource 4 and resource 5
  • resource 2 corresponds to resource 6, that is, resource 1, resource 4, and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration
  • resource 2 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration.
  • the resource set to which any one resource A of the n resources A belongs corresponds to one or more of the m resources.
  • the resource set to which resource 1 belongs corresponds to resource 4 and resource 5
  • the n resource sets to which resource 2 belongs corresponds to resource 6, that is, the resource set to which resource 1 belongs, resource 4 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration
  • the resource set to which resource 2 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 6.
  • n resources A and the n resources in the m resources there is a one-to-one correspondence between the n resources A and the n resources in the m resources, and the channels of the n resources A and the n resources in the m resources may be in one-to-one correspondence.
  • resource 1 corresponds to the channel of resource 4
  • resource 2 corresponds to the channel of resource 6, that is, the channels of resource 1 and resource 4 have the same TCI configuration
  • the channels of resource 2 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration.
  • the n resources A correspond to the n resources of the m resources in a one-to-one correspondence
  • the n resource sets to which the n resources A belong may correspond to the channels of the n resources in the m resources.
  • the resource set to which resource 1 belongs corresponds to the channel of resource 4
  • the resource set to which resource 2 belongs corresponds to the channel of resource 6. That is to say, the resource set to which resource 1 belongs and the channel of resource 4 have the same TCI configuration.
  • the resource set to which 2 belongs and the channel of resource 6 have the same TCI configuration.
  • the n resources A have a one-to-one correspondence with the n resources in the m resources, and any one of the n resources A may correspond to a channel of one or more of the m resources.
  • resource 1 corresponds to the channel of resource 4 and the channel of resource 5
  • resource 2 corresponds to the channel of resource 6, that is, the channel of resource 1
  • resource 4 and the channel of resource 5 have the same TCI configuration
  • resource 2 and The channels of resource 6 have the same TCI configuration.
  • the resource set to which any one resource A of the n resources A belongs corresponds to the channel of one or more of the m resources.
  • the resource set to which resource 1 belongs corresponds to the channel of resource 4 and the channel of resource 5
  • the resource set to which resource 2 belongs corresponds to the channel of resource 6, that is, the resource set to which resource 1 belongs, the channel and resource of resource 4 Channel 5 has the same TCI configuration
  • the resource set to which resource 2 belongs and the channel of resource 6 have the same TCI configuration.
  • resources and resources, or resources and channels may be associated in any form, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • Step 520 is described below in terms of aperiodic, periodic, and semi-static. Take the update of TCI information to update TCI-state as an example for description.
  • the resource set corresponds to a TCI-state.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI-state corresponding to the n resource A, which can also be understood as that the terminal device updates the TCI-state corresponding to the resource set to which the n resource A belongs.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI-state corresponding to the resource set to which the n resources A belong, so that the resource set and the first target always have the same TCI configuration.
  • the terminal device Update the TCI-state of the resource set to the updated TCI-state of the first target.
  • the TCI-state configured by the resource set (such as the resource set to which n resources A belong) is the same as the TCI-state of the first target, and both are TCI-state1.
  • the TCI-state of the first target changes.
  • the TCI-state of the first target changes to TCI-state2
  • the terminal device updates the TCI-state of the resource set to TCI-state2.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI-state of the resource set to TCI-state2.
  • the n resources A in the resource set configured by the network device are configured with TCI-state.
  • the n resources A have the same TCI configuration as the first target.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI-states of the n resources A, so that the n resources A and the first target always have the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources A are associated with the first target (that is, they have the same TCI configuration).
  • the terminal device updates the TCI-state of the n resource A to The updated TCI-state of the first target.
  • n is 1.
  • the TCI-state configured by resource A is the same as the TCI-state of the first target, and both are TCI-state1.
  • the TCI-state of the first target changes.
  • the TCI-state of the first target changes to TCI-state2, and the terminal device updates the TCI-state of resource A to TCI-state2.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI-state of resource A to TCI-state2.
  • the semi-static measurement reporting process is similar to the periodic measurement reporting process, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI information of the resource set (that is, the resource to which n resources A belong); if it is a periodic measurement report process or a semi-static measurement report In the process, the terminal device updates the TCI information of n resource A.
  • the following unified expression is to update the TCI information of n resource A.
  • the network device may send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information can be automatically updated.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that when the TCI-state of the first target is updated, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of n resources A.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the resource or resource set supports the TCI-state automatic update function.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the n resources A and the first target have a corresponding or associated relationship.
  • the indication information can be realized by at least one of the following implementation methods.
  • a possible implementation can be indicated by parameters.
  • a parameter such as TCIAutoUpdate
  • TCIAutoUpdate can be used to indicate whether the resource or resource set supports the TCI-state automatic update function. For example, when the parameter is configured as: enabled, true, yes, or 1, it means that the resource or resource set supports automatic update of TCI-state; when the parameter is configured as: unavailable When the value is (disabled), false (false), no (no), or 0, it means that the resource or resource set does not support the automatic update of TCI-state.
  • TCIAutoUpdate can be configured in the resource or TCIAutoUpdate can be associated with the resource, indicating whether the TCI-state of the resource can be automatically updated.
  • TCIAutoUpdate can be configured in a resourceSet or TCIAutoUpdate can be associated with a resourceSet, indicating whether the TCI-state of the resourceSet can be automatically updated.
  • TCIAutoUpdate can be configured in resourceConfig or TCIAutoUpdate can be associated with resourceConfig, indicating whether the TCI-state corresponding to the resourceConfig can be automatically updated.
  • TCIAutoUpdate can be configured in reportConfig or TCIAutoUpdate can be associated with reportConfig, indicating whether the TCI-state corresponding to the reportConfig can be automatically updated.
  • TCIAutoUpdate can be configured in the trigger state or TCIAutoUpdate can be associated with the trigger state, indicating whether the TCI-state corresponding to the trigger state can be automatically updated.
  • TCIAutoUpdate can be associated with TCI-state, indicating whether the TCI-state can be automatically updated.
  • Another possible implementation manner can be indicated by signaling.
  • the network device may send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the resource or resource set supports the TCI-state automatic update function.
  • the method 500 can be used to automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for receiving beam scanning, the method 500 can also be used to automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for sending beam scanning, and the method 500 can also be used to automatically update the TCI information used for the resource.
  • the method 500 can also be used to automatically update the TCI information of the TRS resource. This will be described in conjunction with Figure 6 and Figure 7 respectively.
  • the first target is the physical channel and the resource as an example, and the above two situations are respectively introduced in conjunction with FIG. 6 and FIG. 7. For details that are not described in detail, reference may be made to the description of the method 500.
  • the physical channel is mainly PDCCH as an example.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of a method 600 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 600 may include the following steps.
  • the network device sends measurement configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the measurement configuration information includes n resources A, and the n resources A have the same TCI configuration as the PDCCH.
  • the measurement configuration information can be used to perform receive beam scanning on the PDCCH beam.
  • the measurement configuration information can be used to determine the best receive beam corresponding to the PDCCH beam.
  • the receive beam scanning may be periodic, semi-static, or aperiodic, for example.
  • the measurement report process can be triggered by the trigger state, and each trigger state can be associated with one or more resource sets.
  • at least one resource set has the same TCI configuration as the PDCCH.
  • the n resources A may belong to a resource set, that is, the measurement configuration information may include a resource set, and the resource set may include n resources A.
  • the resource set corresponds to a TCI-state, which can also be understood as the n resources A corresponding to the TCI-state.
  • the n resources A and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration in the form that the resource set to which the n resource A belongs is associated with the PDCCH.
  • the resource set and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that the resource set and the CORESET corresponding to the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration, that is, the TCI-state of the resource set and the TCI-state activated by the CORESET (as described above)
  • each CORESET can be configured with multiple TCI-states, and generally activate one of them) is the same.
  • the resource set and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration, which may indicate that the TCI-states of the two include the same reference signal resource.
  • the TCI-state of each resource in the resource set is individually configured.
  • the measurement configuration information includes n resources A, each resource A corresponds to a TCI-state, and the TCI-states corresponding to the n resource A may be the same or different.
  • the n resources A and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration in the form of, each resource A It has the same TCI configuration as PDCCH.
  • the network device When the PDCCH is updated, or in other words, when the TCI-state of the PDCCH is updated, the network device indicates to the terminal device the updated TCI-state of the PDCCH. For example, as the terminal device moves, the channel changes. It should be understood that the embodiment of the application does not limit how the PDCCH is updated.
  • the network device sends an update message to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends a PDCCH update message to the terminal device, and the update message is used to update the TCI-state of the PDCCH.
  • Updating the TCI-state of the PDCCH can also be understood as the TCI-state that controls the activation of the resource set has changed.
  • the TCI-state that controls the activation of the resource set is TCI-state1 (that is, during the initial configuration, the TCI-state of the PDCCH is TCI-state1).
  • the network device can send an update message to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to update the TCI-state of the PDCCH to TCI-state2.
  • the update message can be MAC CE signaling.
  • the network device can activate a TCI-state through MAC CE, or in other words, the network device can activate a TCI-state of a certain control resource set through MAC CE. .
  • the terminal device When the terminal device determines that the TCI-state of the PDCCH is updated, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI-state of n resources A.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI information of the n resource A.
  • the terminal device after receiving the update message, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of n resource A.
  • the n resource A supports the TCI-state automatic update function, that is, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the n resource A.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI information of the n resource A so that the n resource A and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration.
  • Updating the TCI information may mean updating the TCI-state, for example, updating the TCI-state of the resource A, or updating the TCI-state of the resource set to which the resource A belongs.
  • updating the TCI information may also mean updating the reference resource in the TCI-state, for example, updating the reference resource in the TCI-state of the resource A, or updating the reference resource in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the resource A belongs. Update the TCI information so that the n resources A maintain the same TCI configuration as the first target.
  • Step 630 is described below in terms of aperiodic, periodic, and semi-static. Take the update of TCI information to update TCI-state as an example for description.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI-state of the n resource A, which can also be understood as the terminal device updates the TCI-state corresponding to the resource set to which the n resource A belongs.
  • the repetition parameter in the resource set configured by the network device may be configured as "on".
  • the resource set has the same TCI configuration as the PDCCH, indicating that the resource set is used for receiving beam scanning of the PDCCH beam.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI-state of the resource set, so that the resource set and the PDCCH always have the same TCI configuration.
  • the resource set corresponds to a TCI-state.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI-state corresponding to the corresponding resource set, so that the resource set and the PDCCH always have the same TCI configuration.
  • a resource set such as the resource set to which n resource A belongs
  • the terminal device updates the TCI-state of the resource set to the TCI-state.
  • the TCI-state configured by the resource set (such as the resource set to which n resources A belong) is the same as the TCI-state that controls the activation of the resource set, and both are TCI-state1.
  • the TCI-state activated by the control resource set changes.
  • the TCI-state activated by the control resource set changes to TCI-state2.
  • the terminal device After receiving the TCI-state update signaling of the control resource set, the terminal device needs to change the resource The TCI-state of the episode is updated to TCI-state2. In this way, the resource set can continue to be used for receiving beam scanning of the PDCCH beam.
  • One or more repetition parameters in the resource set configured by the network device may be configured as "on", where n resources A (that is, some or all of the resources in the resource set) are configured with TCI-state.
  • n resources A and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration, which means that the resource set can be used for receiving beam scanning of the PDCCH beam.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI-states of the n resources A, so that the n resources A and the PDCCH always have the same TCI configuration.
  • the terminal device updates the TCI-state corresponding to the resource A, so that the resource A always has the same TCI configuration as the PDCCH. Specifically, if a certain resource is associated with a PDCCH (that is, it has the same TCI configuration), when the TCI-state of the PDCCH is updated, for example, the TCI-state of the PDCCH is updated to another TCI-state through MAC CE, The terminal device updates the TCI-state of the resource to the TCI-state.
  • the TCI-state configured by resource A and the TCI-state activated by the control resource set are the same, and both are TCI-state1.
  • the TCI-state activated by the control resource set changes.
  • the TCI-state activated by the control resource set changes to TCI-state2.
  • the terminal device needs to change the resource The TCI-state of A is updated to TCI-state2. In this way, the resource A can continue to be used for receiving beam scanning of the PDCCH beam.
  • the semi-static measurement reporting process is similar to the periodic measurement reporting process, and will not be repeated here.
  • step 630 if it is a non-periodic measurement report process, the terminal device updates the TCI information of the resource set (that is, the resource to which n resources A belong); if it is a periodic measurement report process or a semi-static measurement report process, The terminal device updates the TCI information of n resources A.
  • the following unified expression is to update the TCI information of n resource A.
  • the effective time of the TCI-state after the TCI information of the n resources A is updated is consistent with the effective time of the TCI-state after the PDCCH is updated.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI-states corresponding to n resources A after a preset period of time.
  • the update of the TCI-state of the corresponding resource (that is, the n resource A) or the resource set (that is, the resource set to which the n resource A belongs) should be time consistent with the activation of the TCI-state of the control resource set. That is, the terminal device waits until the TCI-state of the control resource set is activated and takes effect, and then updates the TCI-state of n resource A.
  • the preset duration may be preset, such as preset by the network device or stipulated in the protocol; or, it may also be a preset duration configured by the network device and notified to the terminal device, such as a duration determined based on historical communication conditions.
  • the network device may send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the resource (that is, the n resource A) or the resource set (that is, the resource set to which the n resource A belongs) supports the TCI-state automatic update function.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the resource (that is, the n resource A) or the resource set (that is, the resource set to which the n resource A belongs) supports the TCI-state automatic update function.
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the resource (that is, the n resource A) or the resource set (that is, the resource set to which the n resource A belongs) supports the TCI-state automatic update function.
  • the method 600 is illustrated by taking the physical channel as the PDCCH as an example, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the above-mentioned PDCCH may be replaced with PDSCH, PUSCH, or PUCCH.
  • the network device can configure multiple TCI-states for the terminal device through RRC signaling, and then activate some of the TCI-states through MAC CE signaling, and finally indicate part of the TCI-state through DCI during data transmission. -One or more of the state.
  • the network device can indicate one or more updated TCI-states through DCI, or the network device can activate one or more updated TCI-states through MAC CE.
  • the terminal device After receiving the DCI or MAC CE, the terminal device updates the TCI information of the resource (that is, n resource A) or the resource set (that is, the resource set to which the n resource A belongs), so that the updated TCI-state and the PDSCH are updated. Or multiple TCI-states are the same, that is, the resource or resource set maintains the same TCI configuration as the PDSCH.
  • the network device may configure one or more resources for the terminal device, and the one or more resources are associated with the PUCCH.
  • the terminal device automatically updates the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the one or more resources, so that the one or more resources and the associated PUCCH always have the same TCI configuration.
  • the network device may configure one or more resource sets for the terminal device, and the one or more resource sets are associated with the PUCCH.
  • the terminal device automatically updates the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the one or more resource sets, so that the one or more resource sets and the associated PUCCH always have the same TCI Configuration.
  • the network device may configure one or more resources for the terminal device, and the one or more resources are associated with the PUSCH.
  • the terminal device automatically updates the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the one or more resources, so that the one or more resources and the associated PUSCH always have the same TCI configuration.
  • the network device may configure one or more resource sets for the terminal device, and the one or more resource sets are associated with the PUSCH.
  • the terminal device automatically updates the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the one or more resource sets, so that the one or more resource sets and the associated PUSCH always have the same TCI Configuration.
  • the method 600 is described by taking the terminal device automatically updating the TCI information of the resources used for receiving beam scanning (ie, n resources A) as an example, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the method 600 may also be used To automatically update the TCI-state of the resources (ie n resources A) used to transmit beam scanning.
  • the network device can configure a resource set, which can be used to measure the first target (such as the PDCCH beam, the PDSCH beam, or the best transmission beam reported last time, etc.) and/or several beams around it. Quality.
  • the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of the resource set, so that the resource set and the first target maintain the same TCI configuration, so that the resource set can continue to be used to measure the updated first target. The quality of several beams around the target and/or the newly updated first target.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource or resource set used for receiving beam scanning, or the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource or resource set used for sending beam scanning, thereby avoiding frequent RRC reconfiguration can reduce signaling overhead and improve data communication performance.
  • first target is a physical channel
  • first target is a resource
  • the resource is mainly used as an example of the resource reported by beam management.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a method 700 applicable to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 700 may include the following steps.
  • the network device sends measurement configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the measurement configuration information can be used to measure the m best transmission beams and the best reception beams of the m best transmission beams.
  • m is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • m is greater than or equal to n.
  • the measurement configuration information includes a resource set for sending beam scanning, which is marked as resource set 1 for distinction.
  • the repetition parameter in this resource set 1 is configured as "off", which means that the resource set 1 is used to determine m best transmissions. Beam.
  • the measurement configuration information may also include n resource sets for receiving beam scanning, which are marked as resource set 2 for distinguishing.
  • the repetition parameter in this resource set 2 is configured as "on”, indicating that the resource set 2 is used to determine the m
  • the best receiving beams of the m transmission beams that is, the above m best transmission beams
  • the n resource sets 2 are used to determine the best reception beams of the m transmission beams.
  • resource set 1 and resource set 2 may be carried in one measurement configuration information, or may be carried in different measurement configuration information. There is no restriction on this.
  • the terminal device may determine m transmission beams based on the measurement configuration information, for example, determine m transmission beams by scanning the transmission beam, and report the information of the m transmission beams to the network device. For example, the terminal device reports the resources corresponding to m transmission beams (ie, m resources) to the network device.
  • the terminal device determines the reported m resources is not limited in this embodiment of the application. For example, the terminal device measures the resources configured by the network device based on the measurement configuration information, measures the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) of each resource (that is, the beam corresponding to the resource), and then selects m resources with the largest RSRP , Report the m resources to the network device. For another example, the terminal device may also determine m resources based on the signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR).
  • SINR signal to interference plus noise ratio
  • the method 700 may further include step 720.
  • the terminal device reports the measurement result to the network device.
  • the terminal device determines the m best transmission beams through measurement, and sends the information of the m best transmission beams to the network device.
  • the information of m beams may include, for example, resources corresponding to m transmission beams, that is, indexes of m resources.
  • the information of the m beams may further include the RSRP corresponding to the m resources, for example. It can be understood that, in step 720, the terminal device may report information about m resources to the network device.
  • n resources among the m resources correspond to the n resource sets 2 in the measurement configuration information, and respectively have the same TCI configuration.
  • each resource is associated with one resource set 2.
  • n resources in m resources include resource 1, resource 2, resource 3, resource 4, and n resource set 2 includes resource set 21, resource set 22, resource set 23, resource set 24, and resource 1 is associated with resource set 21.
  • Resource 2 is related to resource set 22, Resource 3 is related to resource set 23, and Resource 4 is related to resource set 24.
  • the resource set 21 can be used to determine the best receiving beam of the transmission beam corresponding to resource 1, or some or all of the resources in the resource set 21 can be used to determine the best receiving beam of the transmission beam corresponding to resource 1;
  • Set 22 to determine the best receive beam of the transmit beam corresponding to resource 2, or use some or all of the resources in resource set 22 to determine the best receive beam of the transmit beam corresponding to resource 2;
  • resource set 23 can be used to determine the resource 3
  • the best receiving beam corresponding to the sending beam, or the best receiving beam of the sending beam corresponding to resource 3 is determined by some or all of the resources in the resource set 23;
  • the sending beam corresponding to resource 4 can be determined through the resource set 24 Or, the best receiving beam of the sending beam corresponding to resource 4 is determined by using some or all of the resources in the resource set 24.
  • n resources among the m resources have the same TCI configuration as the n resources A in the measurement configuration information.
  • each resource is associated with one resource A.
  • n resources in m resources include resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3.
  • n resources A include resource 4, resource 5, and resource 6, and resource 1 is associated with resource 4, resource 2 is associated with resource 5, and resource 3.
  • resource 4 can be used to determine the best receiving beam of the transmission beam corresponding to resource 1
  • resource 5 can be used to determine the best receiving beam of resource 2’s transmission beam
  • resource 6 can be used to determine the transmission beam corresponding to resource 3. The best receiving beam.
  • each resource A can correspond to one or more of the m resources.
  • n resources include resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3.
  • the n resources A include resource 4 and resource 5, and resource 4 is associated with resource 1 and resource 2, and resource 5 is associated with resource 3. That is, resource 4 has the same TCI configuration as resource 1 and resource 2, and resource 5 and resource 3 have the same TCI configuration. Then, the resource 4 can be used to determine the best receiving beam of the transmission beam corresponding to the resource 1 and the resource 2, and the resource 5 can be used to determine the best receiving beam of the transmission beam corresponding to the resource 3.
  • the terminal device determines whether to update the TCI information of the n resources A.
  • the terminal device determines whether to update the TCI information of the n resource sets 2 or the resources in the n resource sets 2.
  • Whether the m resources are the same can indicate whether the indexes of the m resources are the same.
  • the update of m resources can indicate that the index of the m resources has changed. For example, if the resources reported this time include resource 1 and resource 3, and the resources reported last time include resource 1 and resource 2, then it can be seen that the resources reported by the terminal device have changed.
  • step 730 if it is a non-periodic measurement reporting process, the terminal device updates the TCI information of the resource set (ie n resource sets 2); if it is a periodic measurement reporting process or a semi-static measurement reporting process, the terminal device Update the TCI information of n resources A (that is, resources in n resource set 2). For the sake of brevity, the following is uniformly expressed as updating the TCI information of n resource A.
  • Updating the TCI information can mean updating the TCI-state, or it can mean updating the reference resource in the TCI-state. Update the TCI information so that the n resources A maintain the same TCI configuration as the first target.
  • the terminal device When the m resources reported this time are the same as the m resources reported last time, the terminal device does not update the TCI information of the n resource A. When the m resources reported this time are different from the m resources reported last time (at least One resource is different), the terminal device updates the TCI information of n resource A. Alternatively, it can also be understood that the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the n resources A, so that the n resources A and the m resources maintain the same TCI configuration.
  • m is equal to 2. Assuming that the resources reported by the terminal device this time include resource 1 and resource 3, and the resources reported last time include resource 1 and resource 2, then it can be seen that the resources reported by the terminal device have changed. In this case, the terminal device needs to update the TCI information of the resource A associated with the resource 2 or the resource set associated with the resource 2, so that the resource A or the resource set to which the resource A belongs can be used to perform the receive beam scanning of the resource 3.
  • the terminal device can update the TCI information of resource set 22.
  • the terminal device can change the TCI-state of the resource set 22 to the TCI-state of the resource 3.
  • the terminal device may modify the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of the resource set 22 to the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of resource 3.
  • the terminal device may modify the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of the resource set 22 to resource 3, for example, the QCL-info of typeD in the TCI-state of the resource set 22 The reference signal resource is modified to resource 3 and so on.
  • the network device may send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information can be automatically updated.
  • the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information can be automatically updated.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for beam scanning, so that the resource reported by the beam management is the same as the resource used for beam scanning.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI configuration, which can avoid frequent RRC reconfiguration, reduce resource waste and signaling overhead, and improve data transmission performance.
  • n resources A as resources used for beam scanning as an example, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the n resources A may also be resources used for channel measurement.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement according to whether the resource reported by the beam management has changed.
  • Channel measurement refers to measuring channel information corresponding to a certain resource, such as channel quality indicator (CQI) and so on.
  • CQI channel quality indicator
  • the network device may configure one or more resources to measure channel information of one or more of the m resources before using the m resources for transmission.
  • the network device does not need to reconfigure the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement based on the foregoing method.
  • the network device may configure n resources A, and the n resources A are used to measure the channel information of the m resources reported by the terminal device in the beam management phase (ie, by measuring RSRP or SINR, etc.), and n is equal to m.
  • Each resource A used for channel measurement corresponds to one of the reported m resources and has the same TCI configuration.
  • n resources A include resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3;
  • m resources include resource 4, resource 5, and resource 6.
  • resource 1 corresponds to resource 4, that is, resource 1 and resource 4 have the same TCI configuration;
  • resource 2 corresponds to resource 5, that is, resource 2 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration;
  • resource 3 corresponds to resource 6, that is, resource 3 and Resource 6 has the same TCI configuration.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the corresponding channel measurement resource A, that is, the terminal device can assume The resource A used for channel measurement and its corresponding resource always have the same TCI configuration.
  • the terminal device reports a total of 4 resources in the beam management phase (that is, by measuring RSRP or SINR, etc.).
  • the resources reported this time are: resource 1, resource 2, resource 3, and resource 4.
  • the resources reported last time are: resource 1, resource 5, resource 3, and resource 4. It can be seen that when the second resource is not the same as the second resource reported last time, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of the channel measurement resource corresponding to the second resource, that is, update resource 5 associated for channel measurement
  • the TCI information of resource A makes the resource A associated with resource 5 for channel measurement and the second resource currently reported (ie resource 2) have the same TCI configuration.
  • the network device may configure n resources A, and the n resources A are used to measure the channel information of some of the m resources reported by the terminal device in the beam management phase (ie by measuring RSRP or SINR, etc.), and n is less than m.
  • n is 1, that is, the network device can configure a resource A, and the resource A can be used to measure the channel information of the first resource among the reported m resources.
  • the first resource may be the best resource among m resources, or the first resource may also be the first resource among m resources, or the first resource may also be the last resource among m resources Resource, or, the first resource may also be any one of the m resources.
  • the network device may also configure part of resources A (less than n) to perform channel measurement on part of the reported m resources.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource A of the channel measurement corresponding to this part of the resource, so that the resource A of this part of the channel measurement and the above reported part of the resource have The same TCI configuration.
  • the terminal device reports 4 resources in the beam management phase, and the network device configures 1 resource A for channel measurement on the first resource among the reported 4 resources, and the resource A is associated with the first resource.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of resource A so that resource A is the same as the current one.
  • the reported first resource has the same TCI configuration, that is, the terminal device can assume that resource A always has the same TCI configuration as the reported first resource.
  • the network device may send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate that the terminal device updates the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement when the TCI-state of the resource reported by the beam management is updated.
  • first resource can be replaced with “the best resource”, or it can be replaced with the "first resource”, or it can be replaced with the “last resource”, or it can be replaced with " Any resource”.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement, so that the resource reported by the beam management is the same as the resource used for channel measurement.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI configuration, which can avoid frequent RRC reconfiguration, reduce resource waste and signaling overhead, and improve data transmission performance.
  • the resource can also be a resource referenced by data transmission
  • resource A can be a TRS resource, that is, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the TRS resource according to the resource referenced by data transmission.
  • TRS resources can be used to measure the time-frequency offset information of the channel.
  • the TRS resource is also configured with TCI information, and the terminal device measures the time-frequency offset information of a specific beam based on the TCI information of the TRS resource.
  • the time-frequency offset information is suitable for optimizing data transmission.
  • the TCI information of the TRS resource generally has the same TCI configuration as the resource referenced by the data transmission.
  • the network device configures a TRS resource, and configures the TRS resource to have the same TCI configuration as the resource referenced by the current data transmission.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the aforementioned TRS resource, so that it always has the same TCI configuration as the resource referenced by data transmission. That is, the terminal device may assume that the aforementioned TRS resource always has the same TCI configuration as the resource referenced by the current data transmission.
  • the network device needs to configure the reference resource in the TCI-state of TRS as SSB resource #1, and measure the time-frequency offset information of the beam corresponding to SSB resource #1 . If the terminal device moves within the coverage of the beam corresponding to another SSB resource (such as SSB resource #2), the resource referenced for data transmission becomes SSB resource #2. In this case, the terminal device can automatically update the TRS resource TCI information, so that the terminal device can measure the time-frequency offset information of the beam corresponding to SSB resource #2.
  • the resource referenced for data transmission may be a reference resource in the TCI-state adopted by any of the following channels: downlink control channel, downlink data channel, uplink control channel, or uplink data channel.
  • the resource referenced for data transmission may be a reference resource in QCL info of type D, or it may also be a reference resource in QCL info of other types.
  • the transmission change of the resource referenced by the data transmission may refer to the change of the reference resource in the TCI-state adopted by any of the following channels.
  • the resource referenced by data transmission may also be the resource referenced by the reference resource in the TCI-state adopted by any of the following channels: downlink control channel, downlink data channel, uplink control channel, or uplink data channel.
  • the reference resource in the TCI-state of the downlink control channel is CSI-RS resource #2
  • the reference resource in the TCI-state of CSI-RS resource #2 is SSB resource #2
  • SSB#2 can also be used as the above data
  • the transmission change of the resource referenced by the data transmission may refer to the change of the resource (such as the SSB resource) referenced by the reference resource in the TCI-state adopted by any of the following channels.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the TRS resource based on any of the following methods.
  • Manner 1 The network device configures multiple TRS resources for the terminal device, and the multiple TRS resources have the same TCI configuration as any one of the following channels: downlink control channel, downlink data channel, uplink control channel, or uplink data channel.
  • the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the TRS resource corresponding to the channel, so that the TRS resource and the channel resource always have the same TCI configuration.
  • Manner 2 The network device configures multiple TRS resources for the terminal device, and the multiple TRS resources correspond to multiple SSB resources one to one.
  • the network device is configured with 64 SSB resources and 64 TRS resources.
  • the 64 TRS resources correspond to the 64 SSB resources one-to-one, that is, each TRS resource is associated with an SSB resource, and each TRS resource is associated with it.
  • SSB resources have the same TCI configuration.
  • the terminal device When the resource (SSB resource) referenced by the terminal device's data transmission changes, the terminal device automatically updates the TRS resource associated with the SSB resource, so that the TRS resource and the resource referenced by the current data transmission always have the same TCI configuration, in other words In other words, the terminal equipment always uses the TRS resource with the same TCI configuration as the resource referenced by the current data transmission to perform time-frequency offset measurement.
  • the SSB resource configured by the network device includes: SSB resource #2 and SSB resource #3
  • the TRS resource configured by the network device includes: TRS resource #2 and TRS resource #3.
  • SSB resource #2 corresponds to TRS resource #2, that is, SSB resource #2 and TRS resource #2 have the same TCI configuration
  • SSB resource #3 corresponds to TRS resource #3, that is, SSB resource #3 and TRS resource #3 have the same TCI Configuration.
  • the terminal device refers to SSB resource #2 for data transmission, and uses TRS resource #2 for time-frequency offset measurement.
  • the terminal device automatically updates the TRS resource to TRS resource #3, and uses TRS resource #3 to perform time-frequency offset measurement.
  • the network device may send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate that the terminal device updates the TCI information of the TRS resource when the TCI-state of the resource referenced by the data transmission of the terminal device is updated.
  • n resources are associated with m resources
  • the terminal device can automatically update n resources when the m resources are changed.
  • the TCI information of the resources makes n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration.
  • the terminal device when the resource referenced by the data transmission of the terminal device changes, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the TRS resource, so that the resource referenced by the data transmission and the TRS resource (that is, used for time-frequency offset)
  • the measured resources always have the same TCI configuration, which can avoid frequent TRS resource reconfiguration, reduce resource waste and signaling overhead, and improve network performance.
  • the terminal device when the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated, or when the resource is changed, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI of the resource associated with the physical channel or resource.
  • Information so that the resource and the physical channel or resource have the same TCI configuration, avoiding signaling overhead and transmission delay caused by frequent reconfiguration, and improving data communication performance.
  • the methods and operations implemented by terminal devices can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in terminal devices
  • the methods and operations implemented by network devices can also be implemented by It can be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) of network devices.
  • each network element such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function in order to realize the above functions.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiments of the present application can divide the transmitter device or the receiver device into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of using the corresponding functional modules to divide each functional module.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 800 may include a communication unit 810 and a processing unit 820.
  • the communication unit 810 can communicate with the outside, and the processing unit 820 is used for data processing.
  • the communication unit 810 may also be referred to as a communication interface or a transceiving unit.
  • the communication device 800 can implement the steps or processes performed by the terminal device corresponding to the above method embodiment, for example, it can be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device. At this time, the communication device 800 may be called a terminal device.
  • the communication unit 810 is configured to perform the transceiving-related operations on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment
  • the processing unit 820 is configured to perform the processing related operations on the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication unit 810 is configured to: receive measurement configuration information sent by a network device, the measurement configuration information includes information about n resources, and the n resources have the same transmission configuration indication TCI configuration as the physical channel, where: n is an integer greater than 1 or equal to 1; the processing unit 820 is used to update the TCI information of n resources when the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated. After the update, the n resources are the same as the physical channel TCI configuration.
  • the processing unit 820 is specifically configured to update the TCI information of the n resources based on the relationship between the n resources and the physical channels.
  • the relationship between n resources and physical channels includes one or more of the following: a correspondence relationship between a physical channel and n resources; or a correspondence relationship between a physical channel and a resource set to which the n resources belong; or, The corresponding relationship between the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the n resources; or the corresponding relationship between the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resources belong.
  • the processing unit 820 is specifically configured to: update the TCI-state of the n resources; or, update the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong; or, update the reference signal included in the TCI-state of the n resources Resource; or, update the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong.
  • the communication unit 810 is further configured to: receive instruction information sent by the network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information of the n resources can be automatically updated.
  • the same TCI configuration includes one or more items: the index of the TCI-state is the same, the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state are the same, or the TCI-state has an inclusion relationship.
  • the physical channel includes one or more of the following: a physical downlink control channel, a physical downlink shared channel, a physical uplink control channel, or a physical uplink shared channel.
  • the communication unit 810 is configured to: receive information about n resources sent by a network device, where n resources and m resources have the same transmission configuration indication TCI configuration, where n is greater than or equal to 1. M is an integer greater than 1 or equal to 1, and n is less than or equal to m; the processing unit 820 is used to update the TCI information of n resources when m resources are updated. After the update, n resources and The m resources have the same TCI configuration.
  • the m resources include any one of the following: a resource reported based on a measurement result, a reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission, or a TCI-state of the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission
  • the n resources include any one of the following: resources used for channel measurement, resources used for beam measurement, or tracking reference signal resources.
  • the situation where m resources are updated includes: m resources reported based on the measurement results at the second moment and m resources reported based on the measurement results at the first moment
  • the indexes of the two resources are not exactly the same, where the first moment is earlier than the second moment.
  • the processing unit 820 is specifically configured to update the TCI information of the n resources based on the relationship between the n resources and the m resources.
  • the relationship between n resources and m resources includes one or more of the following: n resources correspond to n resources out of m resources one-to-one; or, n resource sets to which the n resources belong One-to-one correspondence with n resources among the m resources; or, any one resource among the n resources corresponds to one or more resources among the m resources; or, the resource set to which any one resource among the n resources belongs One-to-one correspondence with one or more resources among m resources; or, one-to-one correspondence between n resources and channels of n resources among m resources; or, n resource sets and m resources to which n resources belong
  • the channels of the n resources in the n resources correspond one-to-one; or, any one of the n resources corresponds to the channel of one or more of the m resources; or, the resource set to which any one of the n resources belongs Corresponding to the channel of one or more of the m resources; wherein each corresponding group has the same TCI configuration.
  • the processing unit 820 is specifically configured to: update the TCI-state of the n resources; or, update the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong; or, update the reference signal included in the TCI-state of the n resources Resource; or, update the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong.
  • the communication unit 810 is further configured to: receive instruction information sent by the network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information of the n resources can be automatically updated.
  • the same TCI configuration includes one or more items: the index of the TCI-state is the same, the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state are the same, or the TCI-state has an inclusion relationship.
  • the communication device 800 can implement the steps or processes performed by the terminal device in the method 500 to the method 700 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the communication device 800 can include methods for executing the method 500 in FIG. 5 and the method in FIG. 6 600 or a unit of the method executed by the terminal device in the method 700 in FIG. 7.
  • the units in the communication device 800 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding processes of the method 500 in FIG. 5, the method 600 in FIG. 6, or the method 700 in FIG. 7, respectively.
  • the communication unit 810 can be used to execute step 510 in the method 500
  • the processing unit 820 can be used to execute step 520 in the method 500.
  • the communication unit 810 can be used to execute steps 610 and 620 in the method 600, and the processing unit 820 can be used to execute step 630 in the method 600.
  • the communication unit 810 can be used to execute steps 710 and 720 in the method 700, and the processing unit 820 can be used to execute step 730 in the method 700.
  • the communication unit 810 in the communication device 800 may be implemented by the transceiver 1010 in the terminal device 1000 shown in FIG. 10, and the processing unit 820 in the communication device 800 may be implemented by the terminal device 1000 shown in FIG.
  • the processor 1020 in 1000 is implemented.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter and/or a receiver, which respectively implement the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
  • the communication unit 810 in the communication device 800 may also be an input/output interface.
  • the communication device 800 can implement the steps or processes executed by the network device corresponding to the above method embodiment, for example, it can be a network device, or a chip or circuit configured in the network device. At this time, the communication device 800 may be called a network device.
  • the communication unit 810 is configured to perform the transceiving-related operations on the network device side in the above method embodiment
  • the processing unit 820 is configured to perform the processing related operations on the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 800 can implement the steps or processes executed by the network device in the method 500 to the method 700 according to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device 800 can include methods for executing the method 500 in FIG. 5 and the method in FIG. 6 600 or the unit of the method executed by the network device in the method 700 in FIG. 7.
  • the units in the communication device 800 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding processes of the method 500 in FIG. 5, the method 600 in FIG. 6, or the method 700 in FIG. 7, respectively.
  • the communication unit 810 may be used to execute step 510 in the method 500.
  • the communication unit 810 may be used to execute step 610 and step 620 in the method 600.
  • the communication unit 810 may be used to execute step 710 and step 720 in the method 700.
  • the communication unit 810 in the communication device 800 can be implemented through the transceiver 1110 in the network device 1100 shown in FIG. 11, and the processing unit 820 in the communication device 800 can be implemented through the network shown in FIG. The processor 1120 in the device 1100 is implemented.
  • the communication unit 810 in the communication device 800 may also be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter and/or a receiver, which respectively implement the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 900 includes a processor 910, a memory 920, and a transceiver 930.
  • the memory 920 stores a program.
  • the processor 910 is configured to execute the program stored in the memory 920 and execute the program stored in the memory 920.
  • the processor 910 is configured to execute the relevant processing steps in the above method embodiment, and execute the program stored in the memory 920, so that the processor 910 controls the transceiver 930 to execute the transceiving-related steps in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 900 is used to execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the execution of the program stored in the memory 920 enables the processor 910 to execute the above method embodiment.
  • the processing steps on the terminal device side in the middle execute the program stored in the memory 920, so that the processor 910 controls the transceiver 930 to perform the receiving and sending steps on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 900 is used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the execution of the program stored in the memory 920 enables the processor 910 to perform the above method implementation.
  • the processing steps on the network device side execute the programs stored in the memory 920 so that the processor 910 controls the transceiver 930 to perform the receiving and sending steps on the network device side in the above method embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1000, which may be a terminal device or a chip.
  • the communication apparatus 1000 may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 10 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate.
  • the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and the processing of radio frequency signal.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 10 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 10. In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1010 and a processing unit 1020.
  • the transceiver unit 1010 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on.
  • the processing unit 1020 may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1010 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 1010 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1010 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit.
  • the transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • the processing unit 1020 is configured to perform step 520 in the method 500, step 630 in the method 600, and step 730 in the method 700, and/or the processing unit 1020 is further configured to perform this Other processing steps on the terminal device side in the application embodiment.
  • the transceiving unit 1010 is also used to perform step 510 in method 500, step 610 and step 620 in method 600, step 710 and step 720 in method 700, and/or transceiving unit 1010 is also used to perform other transceiving on the terminal device side step.
  • FIG. 10 is only an example and not a limitation, and the foregoing terminal device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 10.
  • the chip When the communication device 1000 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1100, and the communication device 1100 may be a network device or a chip.
  • the communication device 1100 can be used to perform actions performed by a network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 11 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the base station structure.
  • the base station includes 1110 parts and 1120 parts.
  • the 1110 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion between radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 1120 part is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations.
  • the 1110 part can generally be called a transceiver unit, transceiver, transceiver circuit, or transceiver.
  • the 1120 part is usually the control center of the base station, and may generally be referred to as a processing unit, which is used to control the base station to perform processing operations on the network device side in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit of part 1110 may also be called a transceiver or a transceiver, etc., which includes an antenna and a radio frequency unit, and the radio frequency unit is mainly used for radio frequency processing.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in part 1110 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function as the sending unit, that is, the part 1110 includes the receiving unit and the sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • Part 1120 may include one or more single boards, and each single board may include one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the processor is used to read and execute programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and control the base station. If there are multiple boards, the boards can be interconnected to enhance processing capabilities. As an optional implementation, multiple single boards may share one or more processors, or multiple single boards may share one or more memories, or multiple single boards may share one or more processing at the same time. Device.
  • the transceiver unit of part 1110 is used to perform step 510 in method 500, step 610 and step 620 in method 600, step 710 in method 700 and step 720 in the network device side transceiving operations , And/or part 1110 of the transceiver unit is also used to perform other transceiver steps on the network device side in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing unit part 1120 is used to execute the processing steps on the network device side in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is only an example and not a limitation, and the foregoing network device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 11.
  • the chip When the communication device 1100 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the network equipment is not limited to the above forms, and may also be in other forms: for example: including BBU and adaptive radio unit (ARU), or BBU and active antenna unit (AAU); or Customer premises equipment (CPE) may also be in other forms, which is not limited by this application.
  • ARU adaptive radio unit
  • AAU BBU and active antenna unit
  • CPE Customer premises equipment
  • the above-mentioned BBU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments implemented by the network device, and the RRU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments that the network device sends to or receives from the terminal device.
  • the RRU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments that the network device sends to or receives from the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface.
  • the processor may be used to execute the method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processing device may be a chip.
  • the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC), or It is a central processor unit (CPU), it can also be a network processor (NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or it can be a microcontroller (microcontroller unit). , MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system on chip
  • CPU central processor unit
  • NP network processor
  • DSP digital signal processing circuit
  • microcontroller unit microcontroller unit
  • MCU programmable logic device
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the steps of the above method can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability.
  • the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components .
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • serial link DRAM SLDRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes: computer program code, which when the computer program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the steps shown in FIGS. 5 to 7 The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable medium that stores program code, and when the program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps shown in FIGS. 5 to 7 The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
  • the present application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more terminal devices and one or more network devices.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disc, SSD)) etc.
  • the network equipment in the above device embodiments corresponds to the network equipment or terminal equipment in the terminal equipment and method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units execute the corresponding steps.
  • the communication unit transmits the receiving or sending in the method embodiments.
  • other steps can be executed by the processing unit (processor).
  • the processing unit processor
  • component used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution.
  • the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor.
  • the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • the component may be based on, for example, a signal having one or more data packets (such as data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • a signal having one or more data packets (such as data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Abstract

The present application provides a method for updating transmission configuration indicator (TCI) information and a communication apparatus, intended to reduce signaling overheads, reducing the effect on data transmission performance. The method may comprise: a terminal device receiving measurement configuration information sent by a network device, the measurement configuration information comprising information about n resources, the n resources and a physical channel having the same TCI configuration, or the n resources and m resources having the same TCI configuration, wherein m and n are integers equal to or greater than one, and n is less than or equal to m; when the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated, or when the m resources are changed, the terminal device automatically updating TCI information about the n resources, so that the n resources and the physical channel or the m resources have the same TCI configuration.

Description

更新传输配置指示TCI信息的方法与通信装置Method and communication device for updating transmission configuration indication TCI information
本申请要求于2019年06月14日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910513742.7、申请名称为“更新传输配置指示TCI信息的方法与通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on June 14, 2019, the application number is 201910513742.7, and the application title is "Method and Communication Device for Updating Transmission Configuration Indication TCI Information", the entire content of which is incorporated by reference In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,具体涉及一种更新传输配置指示TCI信息的方法与通信装置。This application relates to the field of communications, and in particular to a method and communication device for updating transmission configuration indication TCI information.
背景技术Background technique
第五代移动通信系统(5th generation,5G)采用基于模拟波束的高频通信,即网络设备,如基站,采用模拟波束发送数据,终端设备采用模拟波束接收数据。为了达到较好的数据传输性能,网络设备需要采用最佳发送波束发送数据,终端设备需要采用最佳接收波束接收数据。The fifth generation mobile communication system (5th generation, 5G) adopts high-frequency communication based on analog beams, that is, network devices, such as base stations, use analog beams to send data, and terminal devices use analog beams to receive data. In order to achieve better data transmission performance, network equipment needs to use the best transmitting beam to send data, and terminal equipment needs to use the best receiving beam to receive data.
最佳发送波束和最佳接收波束可以通过波束测量过程来确定。波束测量过程主要包括发送波束扫描和接收波束扫描两个过程。发送波束扫描可以用于确定最佳发送波束,接收波束扫描用于确定最佳接收波束。The best transmitting beam and the best receiving beam can be determined through a beam measurement process. The beam measurement process mainly includes two processes of transmitting beam scanning and receiving beam scanning. Transmit beam scanning can be used to determine the best transmit beam, and receive beam scanning can be used to determine the best receive beam.
波束测量过程也可以用于确定某些特定发送波束的接收波束,或者,确定某些特定接收波束的发送波束。The beam measurement process can also be used to determine the receive beams of some specific transmit beams, or determine the transmit beams of some specific receive beams.
以波束测量过程用于确定某一发送波束的接收波束为例。该发送波束的传输配置指示(transmission configuration indicator,TCI)状态(TCI-state)与接收波束扫描过程中的测量信号对应的TCI-state相同,这样就可以通过接收波束扫描过程确定该发送波束对应的的接收波束。在现有技术中,当该发送波束的TCI-state发生改变后,网络设备向终端设备发送无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)重配置消息,以便为测量信号配置新的资源集,使得该发送波束的TCI-state与测量信号对应的TCI-state相同。Take the beam measurement process used to determine the receiving beam of a certain sending beam as an example. The transmission configuration indicator (TCI) state (TCI-state) of the transmit beam is the same as the TCI-state corresponding to the measurement signal in the receive beam scanning process. In this way, the transmit beam corresponding to the transmit beam can be determined through the receive beam scan process. The receive beam. In the prior art, when the TCI-state of the transmission beam changes, the network device sends a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) reconfiguration message to the terminal device to configure a new resource set for the measurement signal, so that the The TCI-state of the transmitting beam is the same as the TCI-state corresponding to the measurement signal.
这种重配置方式会带来较大的信令开销,且重配置生效时间较长,数据传输性能也会下降。This kind of reconfiguration method will bring greater signaling overhead, and the reconfiguration will take a long time to take effect, and the data transmission performance will also decrease.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种更新传输配置指示TCI信息的方法与通信装置,以期可以降低信令开销,降低对数据传输性能的影响。The present application provides a method and a communication device for updating transmission configuration indication TCI information, in order to reduce signaling overhead and reduce the impact on data transmission performance.
第一方面,提供了一种更新传输配置指示TCI信息的方法。该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In the first aspect, a method for updating the transmission configuration indication TCI information is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
该方法可以包括:接收网络设备发送的测量配置信息,所述测量配置信息包括n个资源的信息,所述n个资源与物理信道具有相同的传输配置指示TCI配置,其中,n为大于 1或等于1的整数;在所述物理信道的TCI状态TCI-state发生更新的情况下,更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,更新后,所述n个资源与所述物理信道具有相同的TCI配置。The method may include: receiving measurement configuration information sent by a network device, the measurement configuration information includes information about n resources, and the n resources have the same transmission configuration indication TCI configuration as the physical channel, where n is greater than 1 or An integer equal to 1; when the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated, the TCI information of the n resources is updated. After the update, the n resources and the physical channel have the same TCI configuration .
更新后,n个资源与物理信道具有相同的TCI配置,即表示更新TCI信息后的n个资源与更新TCI-state后的物理信道(或者TCI-state改变后的物理信道,或者说改变TCI-state后的物理信道)具有相同的TCI配置。换句话说,n个资源更新TCI信息后,物理信道的TCI-state更新后,该n个资源与物理信道具有相同的TCI配置。After updating, n resources and physical channels have the same TCI configuration, which means that n resources after updating TCI information and physical channels after updating TCI-state (or physical channels after changing TCI-state, or changing TCI-state) The physical channel after state) has the same TCI configuration. In other words, after the TCI information of the n resources is updated, and the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated, the n resources and the physical channel have the same TCI configuration.
基于上述技术方案,n个资源与物理信道具有相同的TCI配置,物理信道的TCI-state发生更新的情况下,终端设备可以自动更新与该物理信道具有相同TCI配置的n个资源的TCI信息,使得n个资源与物理信道保持具有相同的TCI配置。也就是说,更新TCI信息后的n个资源与更新TCI-state后的物理信道具有相同的TCI配置。Based on the above technical solution, n resources have the same TCI configuration as the physical channel. When the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of n resources with the same TCI configuration as the physical channel. Make the n resources and the physical channel maintain the same TCI configuration. That is, the n resources after updating the TCI information and the physical channel after updating the TCI-state have the same TCI configuration.
相反地,如果物理信道的TCI-state发生更新后,通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)重配置重新配置n个资源,或者,为该n个资源重新配置TCI信息,这种方式大大提高了信令开销,并增加了延时,降低了数据通信性能。Conversely, if the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated, n resources are reconfigured through radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration, or TCI information is reconfigured for the n resources, this method greatly improves The signaling overhead is increased, the delay is increased, and the data communication performance is reduced.
因此,通过终端设备自动更新与物理信道具有相同TCI配置的n个资源的TCI信息,可以避免频繁的RRC重配置,可以降低信令开销,提高数据通信性能。Therefore, by automatically updating the TCI information of n resources with the same TCI configuration as the physical channel by the terminal equipment, frequent RRC reconfiguration can be avoided, signaling overhead can be reduced, and data communication performance can be improved.
可选地,该n个资源可以用于对物理信道进行接收波束扫描,换句话说,该测量配置信息可以用于确定物理信道的资源或发送波束对应的最佳接收波束。或者,该n个资源可以用于对物理信道进行发送波束扫描,换句话说,该测量配置信息可以用于确定物理信道的资源或接收波束对应的最佳发送波束。Optionally, the n resources may be used to perform receive beam scanning on the physical channel. In other words, the measurement configuration information may be used to determine the resources of the physical channel or the best receive beam corresponding to the transmit beam. Alternatively, the n resources may be used to perform transmit beam scanning on the physical channel. In other words, the measurement configuration information may be used to determine the resources of the physical channel or the optimal transmit beam corresponding to the receive beam.
可选地,TCI信息,例如可以包括TCI-state,或者,也可以包括TCI-state中包括的资源。Optionally, the TCI information, for example, may include TCI-state, or may also include resources included in TCI-state.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,包括:基于所述n个资源与所述物理信道之间的关系,更新所述n个资源的TCI信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the updating the TCI information of the n resources includes: updating the n resources based on the relationship between the n resources and the physical channel. TCI information for each resource.
基于上述技术方案,n个资源与物理信道之间可以具有关联关系。该关联关系可以是一种隐式的关系,例如,当n个资源与物理信道具有相同TCI配置的情况下,可以认为该n个资源与物理信道具有关联关系。该关联关系也可以是一种显示的关系,例如,n个资源与物理信道的关联关系可以以一种表格的方式存在等等。Based on the above technical solution, n resources and physical channels may have an association relationship. The association relationship may be an implicit relationship. For example, when n resources and physical channels have the same TCI configuration, it can be considered that the n resources and the physical channel have an association relationship. The association relationship may also be a displayed relationship. For example, the association relationship between n resources and physical channels may exist in a form of a table, and so on.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述n个资源与所述物理信道之间的关系包括以下一项或多项:所述物理信道与所述n个资源的对应关系;或,所述物理信道与所述n个资源所属的资源集的对应关系;所述物理信道对应的资源与所述n个资源的对应关系;或,所述物理信道对应的资源与所述n个资源所属的资源集的对应关系。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the relationship between the n resources and the physical channel includes one or more of the following: correspondence between the physical channel and the n resources Relationship; or, the correspondence relationship between the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resources belong; the correspondence relationship between the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the n resources; or, the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the resource set The corresponding relationship of the resource sets to which n resources belong.
基于上述技术方案,n个资源与物理信道对应的形式可以为上述任意一项或多项。例如,物理信道与n个资源对应,换句话说,物理信道与该n个资源具有相同的TCI配置。又如,物理信道与n个资源所属的资源集对应,换句话说,物理信道与该n个资源所属的资源集具有相同的TCI配置,其中,n个资源可以属于一个资源集。终端设备自动更新n个资源的TCI信息,可以理解为,终端设备自动更新该资源集的TCI信息。又如,物理信道对应的资源与n个资源对应,换句话说,物理信道对应的资源与该n个资源具有相同的TCI配置。又如,物理信道对应的资源与n个资源所属的资源集对应,换句话说,物理信道对应的资源与该n个资源所属的资源集具有相同的TCI配置。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the forms corresponding to the n resources and the physical channels may be any one or more of the foregoing. For example, the physical channel corresponds to n resources, in other words, the physical channel and the n resources have the same TCI configuration. For another example, a physical channel corresponds to a resource set to which n resources belong. In other words, a physical channel and a resource set to which the n resources belong have the same TCI configuration, where n resources may belong to one resource set. The terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of n resources, which can be understood as the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of the resource set. For another example, the resource corresponding to the physical channel corresponds to n resources. In other words, the resource corresponding to the physical channel has the same TCI configuration as the n resources. For another example, the resource corresponding to the physical channel corresponds to the resource set to which the n resources belong. In other words, the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resources belong have the same TCI configuration.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,包括以下一项或多项:更新所述n个资源的TCI-state;或,更新所述n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state;或,更新所述n个资源的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源;或,更新所述n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the updating the TCI information of the n resources includes one or more of the following: updating the TCI-state of the n resources; or, updating The TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong; or, update the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of the n resources; or, update the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong Reference signal resources included.
基于上述技术方案,更新TCI信息,可以表示更新TCI-state,如更新n个资源的TCI-state或者n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state。更新TCI信息,也可以表示更新TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源,如更新n个资源的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源或者n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源。Based on the above technical solution, updating the TCI information can mean updating the TCI-state, such as updating the TCI-state of n resources or the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong. Updating the TCI information can also mean updating the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state, such as updating the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state of n resources or the reference signal included in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong Resources.
应理解,本申请实施例并未限定于此,任何可以使得更新TCI信息后,n个资源与物理信道保持具有相同的TCI配置的方式,都落入本申请实施例的保护范围。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this, and any manner in which n resources and physical channels can maintain the same TCI configuration after updating the TCI information falls within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收所述网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示在所述n个资源的TCI信息是否能够被自动更新。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving instruction information sent by the network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information of the n resources can be Is automatically updated.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以向终端设备指示,n个资源的TCI信息是否能够被自动更新,或者,也可以理解为,n个资源是否支持自动更新功能。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can indicate to the terminal device whether the TCI information of the n resources can be automatically updated, or it can also be understood as whether the n resources support the automatic update function.
可选地,该指示信息可以是隐式指示,例如通过一个参数携带于资源参数中或者携带于n个资源的TCI-state中等等。或者,该指示信息也可以是显示指示,例如通过一个信令指示。下文实施例中具体描述。Optionally, the indication information may be an implicit indication, for example, carried in a resource parameter through one parameter or carried in the TCI-state of n resources, and so on. Alternatively, the indication information may also be a display indication, for example, a signaling indication. It is described in detail in the following examples.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述相同的TCI配置包括一项或多项:TCI-state的索引相同、TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源相同、或TCI-state中具有包含关系。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the same TCI configuration includes one or more items: the index of the TCI-state is the same, the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state are the same, or the TCI-state is the same. There is a containment relationship in state.
TCI-state中具有包含关系,可以表示,所述物理信道的TCI-state中的资源包括所述n个资源,或者,所述n个资源的TCI-state中的资源包括所述物理信道对应的资源。The TCI-state has an inclusion relationship, which can indicate that the resources in the TCI-state of the physical channel include the n resources, or the resources in the TCI-state of the n resources include the resources corresponding to the physical channel Resources.
基于上述技术方案,相同的TCI配置包括多种形式。以资源1(即物理信道对应的参考信号资源)和资源2具有相同的TCI配置为例。例如,资源1的TCI-state的索引和资源2的TCI-state的索引相同。又如,资源1的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源和资源2的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源相同。又如,资源2的TCI-state中包括的资源是资源1,则可以认为资源1和资源2具有相同的TCI配置;或者,资源1的TCI-state中包括的资源是资源2,则可以认为资源1和资源2具有相同的TCI配置。Based on the above technical solution, the same TCI configuration includes multiple forms. Take resource 1 (that is, the reference signal resource corresponding to the physical channel) and resource 2 having the same TCI configuration as an example. For example, the index of the TCI-state of resource 1 and the index of the TCI-state of resource 2 are the same. For another example, the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of resource 1 and the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of resource 2 are the same. For another example, if the resource included in the TCI-state of resource 2 is resource 1, it can be considered that resource 1 and resource 2 have the same TCI configuration; or, if the resource included in the TCI-state of resource 1 is resource 2, it can be considered Resource 1 and Resource 2 have the same TCI configuration.
可选地,具有相同的TCI配置,例如可以用于:下行资源与下行资源之间、下行资源与上行资源之间、上行资源与上行资源之间、或者上行信道和上行资源之间等等。下文实施例具体描述。Optionally, the same TCI configuration can be used, for example, between downlink resources and downlink resources, between downlink resources and uplink resources, between uplink resources and uplink resources, or between uplink channels and uplink resources, and so on. The following examples are described in detail.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述物理信道包括以下一项或多项:物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、物理上行控制信道、或物理上行共享信道。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the physical channel includes one or more of the following: a physical downlink control channel, a physical downlink shared channel, a physical uplink control channel, or a physical uplink shared channel.
第二方面,提供了一种更新传输配置指示TCI信息的方法。该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In the second aspect, a method for updating transmission configuration indication TCI information is provided. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
该方法可以包括:接收网络设备发送的n个资源的信息,所述n个资源与m个资源具有相同的传输配置指示TCI配置,其中,n为大于1或等于1的整数,m为大于1或等于1的整数,n小于或等于m;在所述m个资源发生更新的情况下,更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,更新后,所述n个资源与所述m个资源具有相同的TCI配置。The method may include: receiving information about n resources sent by a network device, where the n resources and m resources have the same transmission configuration indication TCI configuration, where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and m is greater than 1. Or an integer equal to 1, and n is less than or equal to m; when the m resources are updated, the TCI information of the n resources is updated. After the update, the n resources are the same as the m resources TCI configuration.
更新后,n个资源与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,即表示更新TCI信息后的n个资源与发生更新后的m个资源(或者说发生改变后的m个资源)具有相同的TCI配置。换句话说,n个资源更新TCI信息后,m个资源更新后,该n个资源与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置。After the update, n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which means that the n resources after the update of the TCI information and the m resources after the update (or m resources after the change) have the same TCI configuration . In other words, after n resources are updated with TCI information and m resources are updated, the n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration.
基于上述技术方案,n个资源与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,m个资源发生更新的情况下,终端设备可以自动更新与该m个资源具有相同TCI配置的n个资源的TCI信息,使得n个资源与m个资源保持相同的TCI配置。也就是说,更新TCI信息后的n个资源与更新TCI-state后的m个资源具有相同的TCI配置。Based on the above technical solution, n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration, and when m resources are updated, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of n resources with the same TCI configuration as the m resources, so that The n resources and m resources maintain the same TCI configuration. That is, the n resources after updating the TCI information and the m resources after updating the TCI-state have the same TCI configuration.
相反地,如果m个资源发生更新后,通过RRC重配置重新配置n个资源,或者,为该n个资源重新配置TCI信息,这种方式大大提高了信令开销,并增加了延时,降低了数据通信性能。Conversely, if m resources are updated, n resources are reconfigured through RRC reconfiguration, or TCI information is reconfigured for the n resources. This method greatly increases the signaling overhead, increases the delay, and reduces Improved data communication performance.
因此,通过终端设备自动更新与m个资源具有相同TCI配置的n个资源的TCI信息,可以避免频繁的RRC重配置,可以降低信令开销,提高数据通信性能。Therefore, by automatically updating the TCI information of n resources with the same TCI configuration as the m resources, frequent RRC reconfiguration can be avoided, signaling overhead can be reduced, and data communication performance can be improved.
可选地,n个资源与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以是n个资源与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应,对应的每组资源(即相互对应的资源)具有相同的TCI配置。Optionally, n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can be a one-to-one correspondence between n resources and n resources in m resources, and each corresponding group of resources (that is, resources corresponding to each other) have the same TCI configuration. TCI configuration.
可选地,n个资源与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,也可以是n个资源中的任意一个资源对应m个资源中的一个或多个资源,对应的每组资源(即相互对应的资源)具有相同的TCI配置。Optionally, n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration, or any one of the n resources corresponds to one or more of the m resources, and each group of resources corresponding to each other (ie, corresponding to each other) Resources) have the same TCI configuration.
可选地,n个资源中的每个资源属于一个资源集,即n个资源属于n个资源集,n个资源与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,也可以是n个资源集与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应,相互对应的资源和资源集具有相同的TCI配置。Optionally, each of the n resources belongs to a resource set, that is, n resources belong to n resource sets, and n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration, or n resource sets and m resources The n resources in the resources have a one-to-one correspondence, and the corresponding resources and resource sets have the same TCI configuration.
可选地,n个资源中的每个资源属于一个资源集,即n个资源属于n个资源集,n个资源与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,也可以是n个资源集中的任意一个资源集对应m个资源中的一个或多个资源,相互对应的资源和资源集具有相同的TCI配置。Optionally, each of the n resources belongs to a resource set, that is, the n resources belong to the n resource sets, and the n resources and the m resources have the same TCI configuration, or any one of the n resource sets The resource set corresponds to one or more of the m resources, and the resources and resource sets corresponding to each other have the same TCI configuration.
应理解,n个资源与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置有多种形式,对此不做严格限定。It should be understood that there are multiple forms of the same TCI configuration for n resources and m resources, which are not strictly limited.
可选地,TCI信息,例如可以包括TCI-state,或者,也可以包括TCI-state中包括的资源。Optionally, the TCI information, for example, may include TCI-state, or may also include resources included in TCI-state.
可选地,资源发生更新,可以表示资源的索引发生改变。Optionally, the update of the resource may indicate that the index of the resource has changed.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述m个资源包括以下任意一项:基于测量结果上报的资源、数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源、或数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源的TCI-state中的参考信号资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the m resources include any one of the following: resources reported based on measurement results, reference signal resources in TCI-state used for data transmission, or data transmission The reference signal resource in the TCI-state used is the reference signal resource in the TCI-state.
基于上述技术方案,m个资源可以表示终端设备基于测量结果上报给网络设备的资源;或者,m个资源可以是数据传输所参考的资源(或者说与数据传输相关的资源),如数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源,或,该参考信号资源的TCI-state中的参考信号资源。Based on the above technical solution, m resources may represent the resources that the terminal device reports to the network device based on the measurement results; or, the m resources may be resources referenced by data transmission (or resources related to data transmission), such as data transmission The reference signal resource in the TCI-state of the reference signal resource, or the reference signal resource in the TCI-state of the reference signal resource.
可选地,终端设备在不同时间上报给网络设备的资源可能相同,也可能不同。Optionally, the resources reported by the terminal device to the network device at different times may be the same or different.
可选地,终端设备基于测量结果上报,可以是终端设备对各个资源(即资源对应的波束)的参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)进行测量,然后选择m个RSRP最大的资源,将该m个资源上报给网络设备。又如,终端设备还可以基于信 号与干扰加噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)确定m个资源。对此不做限定。Optionally, the terminal device reports based on the measurement result, which can be that the terminal device measures the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) of each resource (that is, the beam corresponding to the resource), and then selects m resources with the largest RSRP, Report the m resources to the network device. For another example, the terminal device may also determine m resources based on the signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR). There is no restriction on this.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述n个资源包括以下任意一项:用于信道测量的资源、用于波束测量的资源、或跟踪参考信号资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the n resources include any one of the following: resources used for channel measurement, resources used for beam measurement, or tracking reference signal resources.
基于上述技术方案,n个资源可以表示用于信道测量的资源,或者,n个资源可以表示跟踪参考信号资源。Based on the foregoing technical solution, n resources may represent resources used for channel measurement, or n resources may represent tracking reference signal resources.
可选地,m个资源为终端设备基于测量结果上报的资源,n个资源为用于信道测量的资源。Optionally, the m resources are resources reported by the terminal device based on the measurement result, and the n resources are resources used for channel measurement.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以基于上报的资源有无变化,来确定与是否要自动更新用于信道测量的资源的TCI信息。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can determine whether to automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement based on whether the reported resource has changed.
可选地,m个资源为数据传输所参考的资源,n个资源为跟踪参考信号资源。Optionally, m resources are resources referenced by data transmission, and n resources are tracking reference signal resources.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以基于数据传输所参考的资源有无变化,来确定与是否要自动更新跟踪参考信号资源的TCI信息。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can determine whether to automatically update the TCI information tracking the reference signal resource based on whether the resource referenced by the data transmission has changed.
上述n个资源和m个资源可以任意组合。The above n resources and m resources can be combined arbitrarily.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,当所述m个资源为基于测量结果上报的资源时;所述m个资源发生更新的情况,包括:在第二时刻基于测量结果上报的m个资源与在第一时刻基于测量结果上报的m个资源的索引不完全相同,其中,所述第一时刻早于所述第二时刻。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, when the m resources are resources reported based on measurement results; the condition that the m resources are updated includes: based on the measurement results at the second moment The indexes of the reported m resources are not exactly the same as the indexes of the m resources reported based on the measurement result at the first time, where the first time is earlier than the second time.
基于上述技术方案,资源发生更新,可以表示资源的索引发生变化。也就是说,终端设备可以基于本次上报的资源和上一次上报的资源的索引是否相同,来确定是否要自动更新n个资源的TCI信息。Based on the above technical solution, the resource is updated, which can indicate that the index of the resource has changed. That is, the terminal device can determine whether to automatically update the TCI information of n resources based on whether the indexes of the resources reported this time and the resources reported last time are the same.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,包括:基于所述n个资源与所述m个资源之间的关系,更新所述n个资源的TCI信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the updating the TCI information of the n resources includes: updating the TCI information based on the relationship between the n resources and the m resources TCI information of n resources.
基于上述技术方案,n个资源与m个资源之间可以具有关联关系。该关联关系可以是一种隐式的关系,例如,当n个资源与m个资源具有相同TCI配置的情况下,可以认为该n个资源与m个资源具有关联关系。该关联关系也可以是一种显示的关系,例如,n个资源与m个资源的关联关系可以以一种表格的方式存在等等。Based on the above technical solution, n resources and m resources can have an association relationship. The association relationship may be an implicit relationship. For example, when n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration, it can be considered that the n resources and m resources have an association relationship. The association relationship may also be a displayed relationship. For example, the association relationship between n resources and m resources may exist in a form of a table, and so on.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述n个资源与所述m个资源之间的关系包括以下一项或多项:所述n个资源与所述m个资源中的n个资源一一对应;或,所述n个资源所属的n个资源集与所述m个资源中的n个资源一一对应;或,所述n个资源中的任意一个资源与所述m个资源中的一个或多个资源对应;或,所述n个资源中的任意一个资源所属的资源集与所述m个资源中的一个或多个资源一一对应;或,所述n个资源与所述m个资源中的n个资源的信道一一对应;或,所述n个资源所属的n个资源集与所述m个资源中的n个资源的信道一一对应;或,所述n个资源中的任意一个资源与所述m个资源中的一个或多个资源的信道对应;或,所述n个资源中的任意一个资源所属的资源集与所述m个资源中的一个或多个资源的信道对应;其中,对应的每组具有相同的TCI配置。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the relationship between the n resources and the m resources includes one or more of the following: the n resources and the m resources N resources in the n resources in one-to-one correspondence; or, the n resource sets to which the n resources belong and the n resources in the m resources have a one-to-one correspondence; or, any one of the n resources corresponds to One or more of the m resources correspond; or, the resource set to which any one of the n resources belongs corresponds to one or more of the m resources; or, so The n resources correspond to the channels of the n resources among the m resources one-to-one; or, the n resource sets to which the n resources belong correspond to the channels of the n resources among the m resources one-to-one Or, any one of the n resources corresponds to a channel of one or more of the m resources; or, the resource set to which any one of the n resources belongs is the same as the m Channel correspondence of one or more of the resources; wherein, each corresponding group has the same TCI configuration.
基于上述技术方案,n个资源与m个资源对应的形式可以为上述任意一项或多项。下文实施例具体描述。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the corresponding form of the n resources and the m resources may be any one or more of the foregoing. The following examples are described in detail.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,包括以下一项或多项:更新所述n个资源的TCI-state;或,更新所述n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state;或,更新所述n个资源的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源;或,更新所述n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, said updating the TCI information of the n resources includes one or more of the following: updating the TCI-state of the n resources; or, updating The TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong; or, update the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of the n resources; or, update the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong Reference signal resources included.
基于上述技术方案,更新TCI信息,可以表示更新TCI-state,如更新n个资源的TCI-state或者n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state。更新TCI信息,也可以表示更新TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源,如更新n个资源的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源或者n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源。Based on the above technical solution, updating the TCI information can mean updating the TCI-state, such as updating the TCI-state of n resources or the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong. Updating the TCI information can also mean updating the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state, such as updating the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state of n resources or the reference signal included in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong Resources.
应理解,本申请实施例并未限定于此,任何可以使得更新TCI信息后,n个资源与m个资源保持相同的TCI配置的方式,都落入本申请实施例的保护范围。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this, and any manner in which n resources and m resources can maintain the same TCI configuration after updating the TCI information falls within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收所述网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示在所述n个资源的TCI信息是否能够被自动更新。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving instruction information sent by the network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information of the n resources can be Is automatically updated.
基于上述技术方案,网络设备可以向终端设备指示,n个资源的TCI信息是否能够被自动更新,或者,也可以理解为,n个资源是否支持自动更新功能。Based on the above technical solution, the network device can indicate to the terminal device whether the TCI information of the n resources can be automatically updated, or it can also be understood as whether the n resources support the automatic update function.
可选地,该指示信息可以是隐式指示,例如通过一个参数携带于资源参数中或者携带于n个资源的TCI-state中等等。或者,该指示信息也可以是显示指示,例如通过一个信令指示。下文实施例中具体描述。Optionally, the indication information may be an implicit indication, for example, carried in a resource parameter through one parameter or carried in the TCI-state of n resources, and so on. Alternatively, the indication information may also be a display indication, for example, a signaling indication. It is described in detail in the following examples.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述相同的TCI配置包括一项或多项:TCI-state的索引相同、TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源相同、或TCI-state中具有包含关系。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the same TCI configuration includes one or more: the index of the TCI-state is the same, the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state are the same, or the TCI-state There is a containment relationship in state.
TCI-state中具有包含关系,可以表示,所述m个资源的TCI-state中的资源包括所述n个资源,或者,所述n个资源的TCI-state中的资源包括所述m个资源。The TCI-state has an inclusion relationship, which can indicate that the resources in the TCI-state of the m resources include the n resources, or the resources in the TCI-state of the n resources include the m resources .
基于上述技术方案,相同的TCI配置包括多种形式。以资源1和资源2具有相同的TCI配置为例。例如,资源1的TCI-state的索引和资源2的TCI-state的索引相同。又如,资源1的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源和资源2的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源相同。又如,资源2的TCI-state中包括的资源是资源1,则可以认为资源1和资源2具有相同的TCI配置;或者,资源1的TCI-state中包括的资源是资源2,则可以认为资源1和资源2具有相同的TCI配置。Based on the above technical solution, the same TCI configuration includes multiple forms. Take resource 1 and resource 2 as having the same TCI configuration as an example. For example, the index of the TCI-state of resource 1 and the index of the TCI-state of resource 2 are the same. For another example, the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of resource 1 and the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of resource 2 are the same. For another example, if the resource included in the TCI-state of resource 2 is resource 1, it can be considered that resource 1 and resource 2 have the same TCI configuration; or, if the resource included in the TCI-state of resource 1 is resource 2, it can be considered Resource 1 and Resource 2 have the same TCI configuration.
第三方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置用于执行上述第一方面或第二方面提供的方法。具体地,所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第一方面或第二方面提供的方法的模块。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device is configured to execute the method provided in the first aspect or the second aspect. Specifically, the communication device may include a module for executing the method provided in the first aspect or the second aspect.
第四方面,提供一种通信装置,所述通信装置包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器用于存储指令,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器存储的指令,并且对所述存储器中存储的指令的执行使得所述处理器执行第一方面或第二方面提供的方法。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a memory and a processor. The memory is used to store instructions. The processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory and respond to the instructions stored in the memory. The execution of causes the processor to execute the method provided in the first aspect or the second aspect.
可选地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
可选地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。Optionally, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory and the processor may be provided separately.
可选的,该通信装置还包括,发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。Optionally, the communication device further includes a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
第五方面,提供了一种通信系统,上述第三方面提供的通信装置;或,上述第四方面提供的通信装置。In a fifth aspect, there is provided a communication system, the communication device provided in the third aspect; or, the communication device provided in the fourth aspect.
在一个可能的设计中,该通信系统还可以包括本申请实施例提供的方案中与通信装置进行交互的其他设备。In a possible design, the communication system may also include other devices that interact with the communication device in the solution provided in the embodiments of the present application.
第六方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a sixth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: a computer program (also called code, or instruction), which when the computer program is executed, causes a computer to execute the first aspect or The method in any one of the two possible implementation modes.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable medium is provided, and the computer-readable medium stores a computer program (also called code, or instruction) when it runs on a computer to enable the computer to execute the first aspect or the first The method in any one of the two possible implementation modes.
第八方面,提供了一种芯片系统,包括存储器和处理器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片系统的通信装置执行上述第一方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, a chip system is provided, including a memory and a processor, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip system executes the foregoing The method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect or the second aspect.
其中,该芯片系统可以包括用于发送信息或数据的输入电路或者接口,以及用于接收信息或数据的输出电路或者接口。Wherein, the chip system may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
第九方面,提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理模块与通信接口,所述处理模块用于控制所述通信接口与外部进行通信,所述处理模块还用于实现第一方面或第二方面提供的方法。In a ninth aspect, a chip is provided, the chip includes a processing module and a communication interface, the processing module is used to control the communication interface to communicate with the outside, and the processing module is also used to implement the first aspect or the second aspect Provided method.
第十方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括前述的终端设备和网络设备。In a tenth aspect, a communication system is provided, including the aforementioned terminal device and network device.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1与图2是本申请实施例应用的通信系统的示意图;Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 are schematic diagrams of a communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application;
图3是波束测量的一示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of beam measurement;
图4是接收波束扫描的一示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of receiving beam scanning;
图5是本申请实施例提供的更新TCI信息的方法的示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a method for updating TCI information provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是适用于本申请一实施例的更新TCI信息的方法的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for updating TCI information applicable to an embodiment of the present application;
图7是适用于本申请又一实施例的更新TCI信息的方法的示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a method for updating TCI information applicable to another embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图;FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一示意性框图;FIG. 9 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的终端设备的示意性框图;FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的网络设备的示意性框图。FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings.
本申请实施例可以应用于基于波束的通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)系统、新无线(new radio,NR)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)或者其他演进的通信系统等。The embodiments of this application can be applied to beam-based communication systems, such as: 5th generation (5G) systems, new radio (NR), long term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency division dual Frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS) or other evolved communication systems, etc.
本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以称为:用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、接入终端、用户单元、用户 站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may also be called: user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), access terminal, user unit, user station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to the user, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and so on. At present, some examples of terminals are: mobile phones (mobile phones), tablets, notebook computers, palmtop computers, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, and augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grid (smart grid) Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocols , SIP) phone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to wireless modem, vehicle Devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in a 5G network, or terminal devices in a public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve in the future, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。In addition, in the embodiments of this application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the Internet of Things (IoT) system. The IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to pass items through communication technology. Connect with the network to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things.
另外,本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备也可以称为接入网设备或无线接入网设备,可以是传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point,AP),可以是新型无线系统(new radio,NR)系统中的gNB,本申请实施例并不限定。In addition, the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices. The network device may also be called an access network device or a wireless access network device, and may be a transmission reception point (TRP). ), it can also be an evolved NodeB (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, a home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU) , It can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and a network device in a 5G network The network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network may be an access point (AP) in a WLAN, or a gNB in a new radio system (new radio, NR) system, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备、或者控制面CU节点(CU-CP节点)和用户面CU节点(CU-UP节点)以及DU节点的RAN设备。In a network structure, a network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU). -CP node), user plane CU node (CU-UP node) and RAN equipment of DU node.
网络设备为小区提供服务,终端设备通过网络设备分配的传输资源(例如,频域资源, 或者说,频谱资源)与小区进行通信,该小区可以属于宏基站(例如,宏eNB或宏gNB等),也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。The network equipment provides services for the cell, and the terminal equipment communicates with the cell through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) allocated by the network equipment. The cell may belong to a macro base station (for example, a macro eNB or a macro gNB, etc.) , It may also belong to the base station corresponding to the small cell, where the small cell may include: metro cell, micro cell, pico cell, femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
为便于理解本申请实施例,下面首先介绍本申请实施例涉及的一些术语。To facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, some terms related to the embodiments of the present application are first introduced below.
1、波束1. Beam
波束在NR协议中的体现可以是空域滤波器(spatial domain filter),或者称空间滤波器(spatial filter)或空间参数(spatial parameter)。用于发送信号的波束可以称为发送波束(transmission beam,Tx beam),可以称为空域发送滤波器(spatial domain transmission filter)或空间发射参数(spatial transmission parameter);用于接收信号的波束可以称为接收波束(reception beam,Rx beam),可以称为空域接收滤波器(spatial domain receive filter)或空间接收参数(spatial RX parameter)。The embodiment of the beam in the NR protocol can be a spatial domain filter, or a spatial filter or a spatial parameter. The beam used to transmit a signal can be called a transmission beam (Tx beam), can be called a spatial domain transmission filter or a spatial transmission parameter (spatial transmission parameter); the beam used to receive a signal can be called To receive the beam (reception beam, Rx beam), it may be called a spatial domain receive filter (spatial domain receive filter) or a spatial receive parameter (spatial RX parameter).
发送波束可以是指信号经天线发射出去后在空间不同方向上形成的信号强度的分布,接收波束可以是指从天线上接收到的无线信号在空间不同方向上的信号强度分布。The transmitting beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions in space after a signal is transmitted through the antenna, and the receiving beam may refer to the signal strength distribution of the wireless signal received from the antenna in different directions in space.
此外,波束可以是宽波束,或者窄波束,或者其它类型波束。形成波束的技术可以是波束赋形技术或者其它技术。波束赋形技术具体可以为数字波束赋形技术、模拟波束赋形技术或者混合数字/模拟波束赋形技术等。In addition, the beam may be a wide beam, or a narrow beam, or other types of beams. The beam forming technology may be beamforming technology or other technology. The beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, or a hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology.
波束一般和资源对应,例如进行波束测量时,网络设备通过不同的资源来测量不同的波束,终端设备反馈测得的资源质量,网络设备就知道对应的波束的质量。在数据传输时,波束信息也是通过其对应的资源来进行指示的。例如网络设备通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中的传输配置指示(transmission configuration indicator,TCI)资源,来指示终端设备物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)波束的信息。Beams generally correspond to resources. For example, when performing beam measurement, network equipment uses different resources to measure different beams. The terminal equipment feeds back the measured resource quality, and the network equipment knows the quality of the corresponding beam. During data transmission, the beam information is also indicated by its corresponding resource. For example, the network device instructs the terminal device physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) beam information through the transmission configuration indicator (TCI) resource in the downlink control information (DCI).
可选地,具有相同或者类似的通信特征的多个波束可以视为一个波束。Optionally, multiple beams with the same or similar communication characteristics may be regarded as one beam.
一个波束对应一个或多个天线端口,用于传输数据信道、控制信道和探测信号等。一个波束对应的一个或多个天线端口也可以看作是一个天线端口集。One beam corresponds to one or more antenna ports, which are used to transmit data channels, control channels, and sounding signals. One or more antenna ports corresponding to a beam can also be regarded as an antenna port set.
在本申请实施例中,若未做出特别说明,波束是指发送波束。In the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, the beam refers to the transmission beam.
在波束测量中,网络设备的每一个波束对应一个资源,因此可以资源的索引来唯一标识该资源对应的波束。In beam measurement, each beam of the network device corresponds to a resource, so the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource.
2、资源2. Resources
在波束测量中,可以通过资源的索引来唯一标识该资源对应的波束。In beam measurement, the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource.
资源可以是上行信号资源,也可以是下行信号资源。The resource can be an uplink signal resource or a downlink signal resource.
上行信号包括但不限于:探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)与解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)。The uplink signal includes, but is not limited to: sounding reference signal (SRS) and demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
下行信号包括但不限于:信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、小区专用参考信号(cell specific reference signal,CS-RS)、UE专用参考信号(user equipment specific reference signal,US-RS)、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)以及同步信号/物理广播信道块(synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block,SS/PBCH block)。其中,SS/PBCH block可以简称为同步信号块 (synchronization signal block,SSB)。Downlink signals include but are not limited to: channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), cell-specific reference signal (CS-RS), UE-specific reference signal (user equipment specific reference signal, US-RS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS), and synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block, SS/PBCH block). Among them, the SS/PBCH block can be referred to as a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB).
资源可以通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令配置。The resources can be configured through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling.
在配置结构上,一个资源是一个数据结构,包括其对应的上行/下行信号的相关参数,例如上行/下行信号的类型,承载上行/下行信号的资源粒,上行/下行信号的发送时间和周期,发送上行/下行信号所采用的端口数等。In terms of configuration structure, a resource is a data structure, including its corresponding uplink/downlink signal related parameters, such as the type of uplink/downlink signal, the resource element that carries the uplink/downlink signal, the transmission time and period of the uplink/downlink signal , The number of ports used to send uplink/downlink signals, etc.
每一个上行/下行信号的资源具有唯一的索引,以标识该上行/下行信号的资源。可以理解的是,资源的索引也可以称为资源的标识,本申请实施例对此不作任何限制。Each uplink/downlink signal resource has a unique index to identify the uplink/downlink signal resource. It is understandable that the index of the resource may also be referred to as the identifier of the resource, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
3、波束测量3. Beam measurement
波束测量是R15协议中的一个测量流程,可以包括如下步骤一至步骤四。The beam measurement is a measurement procedure in the R15 protocol, which may include the following steps 1 to 4.
步骤一、网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置信息。Step 1: The network device sends measurement configuration information to the terminal device.
网络设备可以通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令向终端发送测量配置信息。The network device may send measurement configuration information to the terminal through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling.
测量配置信息主要包括两部分:资源配置信息和上报配置信息。Measurement configuration information mainly includes two parts: resource configuration information and report configuration information.
资源配置信息是指测量资源相关的信息。资源配置信息在协议里可以通过三级结构(资源配置(resourceConfig)-资源集(resourceSet)-资源(resource))进行配置。Resource configuration information refers to information related to measurement resources. Resource configuration information can be configured through a three-level structure (resourceConfig-resourceSet-resource) in the protocol.
网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个资源配置,每个资源配置可以包括一个或多个资源集,每个资源集可以包括一个或多个资源。每个资源配置/资源集/资源中都可以包括一个自己的索引。此外,每个资源配置/资源集/资源中还可以包括一些其它参数,例如,资源的周期、资源对应的信号类型等。The network device may configure one or more resource configurations for the terminal device, each resource configuration may include one or more resource sets, and each resource set may include one or more resources. Each resource configuration/resource set/resource can include its own index. In addition, each resource configuration/resource set/resource may also include some other parameters, such as the period of the resource and the signal type corresponding to the resource.
上报配置信息是指测量结果上报相关的信息。上报配置信息在协议里可以通过上报配置(reportConfig)进行配置。Reporting configuration information refers to information related to measurement result reporting. The report configuration information can be configured through the report configuration (reportConfig) in the protocol.
网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个上报配置,每个上报配置可以包括上报指标、上报时间和周期以及上报格式等与测量结果上报相关的信息。此外,上报配置里还可以包括资源配置的索引,用于指示上报的结果是通过什么测量配置测得的。The network device can configure one or more reporting configurations for the terminal device, and each reporting configuration can include information related to the reporting of measurement results, such as reporting indicators, reporting time and period, and reporting format. In addition, the report configuration may also include the index of the resource configuration, which is used to indicate the measurement configuration through which the reported result is measured.
为了更好地理解波束测量的架构,作为示例而非限定,下列是R15协议中资源配置和上报配置的具体格式。。In order to better understand the beam measurement architecture, as an example and not a limitation, the following is the specific format of resource configuration and report configuration in the R15 protocol. .
<资源配置的定义,资源配置包括一个或多个资源集,一个资源集包括一个或多个资源><The definition of resource configuration, a resource configuration includes one or more resource sets, and a resource set includes one or more resources>
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000002
<上述资源集包括一个或多个资源,nzp-CSI-RS资源集包括一个或多个nzp-CSI-RS资源,csi-SSB资源集包括一个或多个SSB资源,csi-IM资源集包括一个或多个csi-IM资源。由于资源集的类型较多,此处不再一一展开,下面介绍NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet><The above resource set includes one or more resources, the nzp-CSI-RS resource set includes one or more nzp-CSI-RS resources, the csi-SSB resource set includes one or more SSB resources, and the csi-IM resource set includes one Or multiple csi-IM resources. Since there are many types of resource sets, we will not expand them one by one here. The following introduces NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet>
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000003
<上报配置的定义,省略部分与本专利不相关的参数><Report configuration definition, omitting some parameters not related to this patent>
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000005
<基于分组的上报准则,可以配置为enabled或disabled><group-based reporting criteria, can be configured as enabled or disabled>
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000006
步骤二、网络设备在资源配置信息所配置的资源对应的资源粒上发送下行信号,以使得终端设备通过测量下行信号,确定各资源的质量(即资源对应的波束的质量)。Step 2: The network device sends a downlink signal on the resource particle corresponding to the resource configured by the resource configuration information, so that the terminal device can determine the quality of each resource (that is, the quality of the beam corresponding to the resource) by measuring the downlink signal.
步骤三、终端设备根据测量配置信息对下行信号进行测量。Step 3: The terminal device measures the downlink signal according to the measurement configuration information.
步骤四、终端设备向网络设备发送波束测量报告。波束测量报告可以包括一个或多个资源的索引与质量等。Step 4: The terminal device sends a beam measurement report to the network device. The beam measurement report may include the index and quality of one or more resources.
作为示例而非限定,表1是R15协议中波束测量报告采用的上报格式。As an example and not a limitation, Table 1 is the reporting format adopted by the beam measurement report in the R15 protocol.
其中,CRI(CSI-RS Resource Indicator)字段和SSBRI(SSB Resource Indicator)字段用于指示要上报的资源索引。可以只上报CRI或SSBRI,或者二者都上报。
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000008
是CRI字段和SSBRI字段的长度。
Among them, the CRI (CSI-RS Resource Indicator) field and the SSBRI (SSB Resource Indicator) field are used to indicate the resource index to be reported. It is possible to report only CRI or SSBRI, or both.
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000007
with
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000008
Is the length of the CRI field and the SSBRI field.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000009
RSRP字段与differential RSRP字段,用于指示资源的质量。资源的质量的上报采用差分上报准则。例如,在表1中,最好的资源的RSRP(如表1中的RSRP字段)采用7比特量化上报,而其它资源的RSRP(如表1中的differential RSRP字段)采用4比特量化上报。The RSRP field and the differential RSRP field are used to indicate the quality of resources. The reporting of the quality of resources adopts the differential reporting criterion. For example, in Table 1, the RSRP of the best resource (such as the RSRP field in Table 1) is reported quantified by 7 bits, while the RSRP of other resources (such as the differential RSRP field in Table 1) is reported quantified by 4 bits.
波束测量报告可以承载在物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)或物理上行共享信道中(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)。The beam measurement report may be carried in a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH).
在R15协议中,波束与参考信号资源/测量信号资源(均可简称资源)是对应的。例如,通过配置特定的资源来测量特定的波束,通过测量反馈资源的质量即可知道波束的质量。因此本申请中,波束和资源是可相互替换的。此外,波束也可以描述为TCI状态(TCI-state)。In the R15 protocol, beams correspond to reference signal resources/measurement signal resources (both referred to as resources). For example, by configuring a specific resource to measure a specific beam, the quality of the beam can be known by measuring the quality of the feedback resource. Therefore, in this application, beams and resources are interchangeable. In addition, the beam can also be described as a TCI state (TCI-state).
4、准共址(quasi-co-location,QCL)4. Quasi-co-location (QCL)
准共址(quasi-co-location,QCL)或者称准同位。具有QCL关系的天线端口对应的信号中具有相同的参数,或者,一个天线端口的参数可用于确定与该天线端口具有QCL关系的另一个天线端口的参数,或者,两个天线端口具有相同的参数,或者,两个天线端口间的参数差小于某阈值。其中,所述参数可以包括以下一项或多项:时延扩展(delay spread),多普勒扩展(Doppler spread),多普勒频移(Doppler shift),平均时延(average delay),平均增益,空间接收参数(spatial Rx parameters)。其中,空间接收参数可以包括以下的一项或多项:到达角(angle of arrival,AOA)、平均AOA、AOA扩展、离开角(angle of departure,AOD)、平均离开角AOD、AOD扩展、接收天线空间相关性参数、发送天线空间相关性参数、发射波束、接收波束以及资源标识。Quasi-co-location (QCL) or quasi-co-location. The signals corresponding to the antenna ports with the QCL relationship have the same parameters, or the parameters of one antenna port can be used to determine the parameters of the other antenna port that has the QCL relationship with the antenna port, or the two antenna ports have the same parameters , Or, the parameter difference between the two antenna ports is less than a certain threshold. The parameters may include one or more of the following: delay spread, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average delay, average Gain, spatial reception parameters (spatial Rx parameters). Among them, the spatial reception parameters can include one or more of the following: angle of arrival (angle of arrival, AOA), average AOA, AOA extension, angle of departure (angle of departure, AOD), average departure angle AOD, AOD extension, reception Antenna spatial correlation parameter, transmit antenna spatial correlation parameter, transmit beam, receive beam, and resource identification.
其中,上述角度可以为不同维度的分解值,或不同维度分解值的组合。天线端口为具有不同天线端口编号的天线端口,和/或,具有相同天线端口号在不同时间和/或频率和/或码域资源内进行信息发送或接收的天线端口,和/或,具有不同天线端口号在不同时间和/或频率和/或码域资源内进行信息发送或接收的天线端口。资源标识可以包括:CSI-RS资源标识,或SRS资源标识,或SSB资源标识,或物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel,PRACH)上传输的前导序列的资源标识,或解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)的资源标识,用于指示资源上的波束。Wherein, the above-mentioned angle may be decomposition values of different dimensions, or a combination of decomposition values of different dimensions. Antenna ports are antenna ports with different antenna port numbers, and/or antenna ports that have the same antenna port number for information transmission or reception in different time and/or frequency and/or code domain resources, and/or have different Antenna port number The antenna port for information transmission or reception in different time and/or frequency and/or code domain resources. The resource identifier may include: CSI-RS resource identifier, or SRS resource identifier, or SSB resource identifier, or the resource identifier of the preamble sequence transmitted on the Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH), or the demodulation reference signal ( The demodulation reference signal (DMRS) resource identifier is used to indicate the beam on the resource.
在NR协议中,QCL关系可以基于不同的参数分为以下四种类型:In the NR protocol, QCL relationships can be divided into the following four types based on different parameters:
类型A(type A):多普勒频移、多普勒扩展、平均时延、时延扩展;Type A (type A): Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread, average delay, and delay spread;
类型B(type B):多普勒频移、多普勒扩展;Type B (type B): Doppler frequency shift, Doppler spread;
类型C(type C):多普勒频移、平均时延;以及Type C (type C): Doppler frequency shift, average delay; and
类型D(type D):空间接收参数。Type D (type D): Space receiving parameters.
本申请实施例所涉及的QCL为类型D的QCL。下文中在没有特别说明的情况下,QCL可以理解为类型D的QCL,即,基于空间接收参数定义的QCL。The QCL involved in the embodiment of the present application is a type D QCL. In the following, unless otherwise specified, QCL can be understood as a QCL of type D, that is, a QCL defined based on spatial reception parameters.
当QCL关系指类型D的QCL关系时,可以认为是空域QCL。当天线端口满足空域QCL关系时,下行信号的端口和下行信号的端口之间,或上行信号的端口和上行信号的端口之间的QCL关系,可以是两个信号具有相同的AOA或AOD,用于表示具有相同的接收波束或发射波束。又例如对于下行信号和上行信号间或上行信号与下行信号的端口间的QCL关系,可以是两个信号的AOA和AOD具有对应关系,或两个信号的AOD和AOA具有对应关系,即可以利用波束互易性,根据下行接收波束确定上行发射波束,或根据上行发射波束确定下行接收波束。When a QCL relationship refers to a QCL relationship of type D, it can be considered as an airspace QCL. When the antenna port meets the spatial QCL relationship, the QCL relationship between the downlink signal port and the downlink signal port, or between the uplink signal port and the uplink signal port, can be that the two signals have the same AOA or AOD. Yu means the same receiving beam or transmitting beam. For another example, for the QCL relationship between the downlink signal and the uplink signal or between the ports of the uplink signal and the downlink signal, the AOA and AOD of the two signals may have a corresponding relationship, or the AOD and AOA of the two signals may have a corresponding relationship, that is, the beam can be used Reciprocity: Determine the uplink transmit beam according to the downlink receive beam, or determine the downlink receive beam according to the uplink transmit beam.
从发送端来看,如果说两个天线端口是空域QCL的,则可以是指这两个天线端口的对应的波束方向在空间上是一致的。从接收端来看,如果说两个天线端口是空域QCL的,则可以是指接收端能够在同一波束方向上接收到这两个天线端口发送的信号。From the perspective of the transmitter, if the two antenna ports are spatial QCL, it can mean that the corresponding beam directions of the two antenna ports are spatially consistent. From the perspective of the receiving end, if the two antenna ports are spatial QCL, it can mean that the receiving end can receive the signals sent by the two antenna ports in the same beam direction.
具有空域QCL关系的端口上传输的信号还可以具有对应的波束,对应的波束包括以下至少之一:相同的接收波束、相同的发射波束、与接收波束对应的发射波束(对应于有互易的场景)、与发射波束对应的接收波束(对应于有互易的场景)。The signal transmitted on the port with the spatial QCL relationship may also have a corresponding beam, and the corresponding beam includes at least one of the following: the same receiving beam, the same transmitting beam, and the transmitting beam corresponding to the receiving beam (corresponding to the reciprocal Scene), the receiving beam corresponding to the transmitting beam (corresponding to the scene with reciprocity).
具有空域QCL关系的端口上传输的信号还可以理解为使用相同的空间滤波器(spatial filter)接收或发送信号。空间滤波器可以为以下至少之一:预编码,天线端口的权值,天线端口的相位偏转,天线端口的幅度增益。The signal transmitted on the port with the spatial QCL relationship can also be understood as using the same spatial filter to receive or transmit the signal. The spatial filter may be at least one of the following: precoding, weight of the antenna port, phase deflection of the antenna port, and amplitude gain of the antenna port.
具有空域QCL关系的端口上传输的信号还可以理解为具有对应的波束对连接(beam pair link,BPL),对应的BPL包括以下至少之一:相同的下行BPL,相同的上行BPL,与下行BPL对应的上行BPL,与上行BPL对应的下行BPL。The signal transmitted on the port with the spatial QCL relationship can also be understood as having a corresponding beam pair link (BPL), and the corresponding BPL includes at least one of the following: the same downlink BPL, the same uplink BPL, and the downlink BPL The corresponding uplink BPL, the downlink BPL corresponding to the uplink BPL.
因此,空间接收参数(即,类型D的QCL)可以理解为用于指示接收波束的方向信息的参数。Therefore, the spatial reception parameter (ie, QCL of type D) can be understood as a parameter for indicating the direction information of the reception beam.
5、TCI状态(TCI-state)5. TCI state (TCI-state)
TCI-state可用于指示两种参考信号之间的QCL关系。每个TCI-state中可以包括服务小区的索引(ServeCellIndex)、带宽部分(band width part,BWP)标识(identifier,ID)和参考信号资源标识。其中,参考信号资源标识例如可以为以下至少一项:非零功率(non-zero power,NZP)CSI-RS参考信号资源标识(NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId)、非零功率CSI-RS参考信号资源集标识(NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId)或SSB索引(SSB-Index)。TCI-state can be used to indicate the QCL relationship between two reference signals. Each TCI-state may include a serving cell index (ServeCellIndex), a bandwidth part (bandwidth part, BWP) identifier (identifier, ID), and a reference signal resource identifier. The reference signal resource identifier may be, for example, at least one of the following: non-zero power (NZP) CSI-RS reference signal resource identifier (NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId), non-zero power CSI-RS reference signal Resource set identifier (NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId) or SSB index (SSB-Index).
发送波束的信息可以通过TCI-state进行指示。每个TCI-state包括一个自身的索引(tci-StateId)和两个QCl-Info。每个QCl-Info可以包括一个参考信号资源(referenceSignal),表示采用该TCI-state的资源与该QCL-Info包括的参考信号资源构成QCL关系。例如,为资源1配置了一个TCI-state,其中该TCI-state包括的QCL-Info中包括的资源为资源2,则表示资源1和资源2是QCL的。The transmission beam information can be indicated by TCI-state. Each TCI-state includes its own index (tci-StateId) and two QCl-Info. Each QCl-Info may include a reference signal resource (referenceSignal), which indicates that the resource using the TCI-state and the reference signal resource included in the QCL-Info constitute a QCL relationship. For example, if a TCI-state is configured for resource 1, and the resource included in the QCL-Info included in the TCI-state is resource 2, it means that resource 1 and resource 2 are QCL.
TCI-state是由网络设备配置给各个终端设备的,下列是TCI-state的一格式。TCI-state is configured by network equipment to each terminal device. The following is a format of TCI-state.
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2020090986-appb-000011
在此后的通信过程中,终端设备可以基于网络设备所指示的TCI-state确定接收波束,网络设备可以基于同一TCI-state确定发送波束。In the subsequent communication process, the terminal device may determine the receiving beam based on the TCI-state indicated by the network device, and the network device may determine the transmitting beam based on the same TCI-state.
此外,TCI-state可以是全局配置的。在为不同的小区、不同的带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)配置的TCI-state中,若TCI-state的索引相同,则所对应的TCI-state的配置也相同。In addition, TCI-state can be configured globally. In TCI-states configured for different cells and different bandwidth parts (BWP), if the index of the TCI-state is the same, the configuration of the corresponding TCI-state is also the same.
此外,波束测量包括三种测量:周期性的测量、半静态的测量、以及非周期的测量。在非周期的测量过程中,TCI-state是resourceSet级配置的,即一个resourceSet配置一个TCI-state。在周期性的和半静态的测量过程中,TCI-state是resource级配置的,即一个resource可以配置一个TCI-state。In addition, beam measurement includes three types of measurement: periodic measurement, semi-static measurement, and aperiodic measurement. In the aperiodic measurement process, the TCI-state is configured at the resourceSet level, that is, a resourceSet is configured with a TCI-state. In the periodic and semi-static measurement process, TCI-state is configured at the resource level, that is, one resource can be configured with one TCI-state.
此外,对于非周期的测量,网络设备为终端设备配置触发状态(trigger state),trigger-state用于触发非周期的测量上报过程。每个trigger-state关联一个或多个上报配置(reportConfig),其中每个reportConfig关联一个resourceSet。即每个trigger-state可以触发多个非周期的上报过程,每个上报过程上报的内容是测量对应的resourceSet得到的。trigger-state关联的resourceSet可以是SSB类型的,即resourceSet包括的资源全是SSB资源;trigger-state关联的resourceSet也可以是NZP-CSI-RS类型的,即resourceSet包括的资源全是NZP-CSI-RS资源。当resourceSet类型是NZP-CSI-RS类型时,该resourceSet还可以关联一个TCI-state的索引,TCI-state的索引用于指示该resourceSet采用的TCI-state。In addition, for aperiodic measurement, the network device configures a trigger state for the terminal device, and the trigger-state is used to trigger the aperiodic measurement report process. Each trigger-state is associated with one or more report configurations (reportConfig), and each reportConfig is associated with a resourceSet. That is, each trigger-state can trigger multiple non-periodic reporting processes, and the content reported in each reporting process is obtained by measuring the corresponding resourceSet. The resourceSet associated with trigger-state can be of the SSB type, that is, the resources included in the resourceSet are all SSB resources; the resourceSet associated with the trigger-state can also be of the type NZP-CSI-RS, that is, the resources included in the resourceSet are all NZP-CSI- RS resources. When the resourceSet type is the NZP-CSI-RS type, the resourceSet may also be associated with a TCI-state index, and the TCI-state index is used to indicate the TCI-state adopted by the resourceSet.
6、TCI6. TCI
TCI可用于指示TCI-state。在一种实现方式中,网络设备可通过高层信令(如RRC消息)为终端设备配置TCI-state列表,例如,网络设备可以通过RRC消息中的TCI-state增加模式列表(tci-StatesToAddModList)来为终端设备配置TCI-state列表。该TCI-state列表中可以包括多个TCI-state,例如,网络设备可以为每个小区中的每个BWP配置最多64个TCI-state。TCI can be used to indicate TCI-state. In one implementation, the network device can configure the TCI-state list for the terminal device through high-level signaling (such as an RRC message). For example, the network device can add the TCI-state list (tci-StatesToAddModList) in the RRC message. Configure the TCI-state list for the terminal device. The TCI-state list may include multiple TCI-states. For example, the network device may configure a maximum of 64 TCI-states for each BWP in each cell.
此后,网络设备可以通过高层信令(如MAC CE)激活一个或多个TCI-state。被激活的TCI-state为上述RRC消息所配置的TCI-state列表的一个子集。例如,网络设备可以为 每个小区中的每个BWP激活最多8个TCI-state。After that, the network device can activate one or more TCI-states through high-level signaling (such as MAC CE). The activated TCI-state is a subset of the TCI-state list configured in the above RRC message. For example, the network device can activate up to 8 TCI-states for each BWP in each cell.
此后,网络设备还可以通过物理层信令(如DCI)中的TCI字段指示一个被选择的TCI-state。该DCI例如可以适用于调度物理下行资源的DCI。Thereafter, the network device can also indicate a selected TCI-state through the TCI field in the physical layer signaling (such as DCI). The DCI may be applicable to DCI for scheduling physical downlink resources, for example.
其中,一个TCI-state的配置信息可以包括一个或两个参考信号资源的标识,以及所关联的QCL类型。当QCL关系配置为类型A、或B、或C中的一种时,终端设备可以根据TCI-state的指示,解调PDCCH或PDSCH。当QCL关系配置为类型D时,终端设备可以知道网络设备使用哪个发射波束发送信号,进而可以根据前文所述的信道测量确定的波束配对关系确定使用哪个接收波束接收信号。终端设备可以根据物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)上DCI中的TCI字段来确定接收PDSCH的接收波束。Among them, the configuration information of a TCI-state may include the identification of one or two reference signal resources and the associated QCL type. When the QCL relationship is configured as one of Type A, or B, or C, the terminal device can demodulate the PDCCH or PDSCH according to the indication of the TCI-state. When the QCL relationship is configured as Type D, the terminal device can know which transmit beam is used by the network device to send signals, and can then determine which receive beam to use to receive signals according to the beam pairing relationship determined by the channel measurement described above. The terminal device may determine the receiving beam for receiving the PDSCH according to the TCI field in the DCI on the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
7、控制资源集(control resource set,CORESET)7. Control resource set (CORESET)
控制资源集用于传输下行控制信息的资源集合,也可以称为控制资源区域,或物理下行控制信道资源集合。The control resource set is a resource set used to transmit downlink control information, and may also be referred to as a control resource region or a physical downlink control channel resource set.
每个控制资源集可以是一组资源元素组(resource element group,REG)的集合。REG是下行控制信令进行物理资源分配的基本单位,用于定义下行控制信令到RE的映射。例如,一个REG可以由4个频域上连续的非参考信号(reference signal,RS)的资源元素(resource element,RE)组成。应理解,REG仅为用于资源分配的单位,不应对本申请构成任何限定,本申请并不排除在未来的协议中定义新的资源分配单位来实现相同或相似的功能。Each control resource set may be a set of resource element groups (REG). REG is the basic unit for downlink control signaling to allocate physical resources, and is used to define the mapping of downlink control signaling to RE. For example, one REG may be composed of 4 continuous resource elements (resource elements, RE) of non-reference signal (RS) in the frequency domain. It should be understood that REG is only a unit for resource allocation and should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not exclude the definition of a new resource allocation unit in future agreements to achieve the same or similar functions.
对于网络设备而言,控制资源集可以理解为发送PDCCH所可能使用的资源的集合;对于终端设备而言,每个终端设备的PDCCH的搜索空间所对应的资源都属于该控制资源集。或者说,网络设备可以从该控制资源集中确定发送PDCCH使用的资源,终端设备可以根据该控制资源集确定PDCCH的搜索空间。For network devices, the control resource set can be understood as a set of resources that may be used to send PDCCH; for terminal devices, the resources corresponding to the search space of the PDCCH of each terminal device belong to the control resource set. In other words, the network device can determine the resource used to send the PDCCH from the control resource set, and the terminal device can determine the PDCCH search space according to the control resource set.
其中,控制资源集可以包括时频资源,例如,频域上可以是一段带宽,或者一个或者多个子带等;时域上可以是一个或多个符号;一个控制资源集在时频域上可以是连续或不连续的资源单元,例如,连续的资源块(resource block,RB)或者不连续的RB。Among them, the control resource set may include time-frequency resources, for example, it may be a bandwidth or one or more subbands in the frequency domain; it may be one or more symbols in the time domain; and a control resource set may be in the time-frequency domain. It is a continuous or discontinuous resource unit, for example, a continuous resource block (resource block, RB) or a discontinuous RB.
应理解,上述列举的频域资源、时域资源、时频域资源的具体内容仅为示例性说明,而不应对本申请构成任何限定。例如,RB是资源单元的一例,RB的大小可以为NR协议中定义的资源,也可以为未来协议中定义的资源,或者,还可以使用其他的命名来替代。又例如,控制资源集在时域上还可以是一个或多个时隙、无线帧、子帧、微时隙(mini slot或sub slot)、或者传输时间间隔(transmission time interval,TTI),本申请实施例对此并未特别限定。It should be understood that the specific content of the frequency domain resources, time domain resources, and time-frequency domain resources listed above are only exemplary descriptions, and should not constitute any limitation to this application. For example, an RB is an example of a resource unit, and the size of the RB may be a resource defined in the NR protocol, or a resource defined in a future protocol, or other names may be used instead. For another example, the control resource set in the time domain may also be one or more time slots, radio frames, subframes, mini-slots or sub-slots, or transmission time intervals (TTI). The application embodiment does not specifically limit this.
此外,控制资源集还可以包括TCI-state。控制资源集可以包括多个TCI-state,激活的TCI-state可以为该多个TCI-state中的一个,换句话说,用于传输PDCCH的资源可以具体采用该多个TCI-state中的一个,具体采用哪个TCI-state是网络设备指定的。例如,网络设备向终端设备发送媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)控制元素(control element,CE)(MAC CE),该MAC CE中携带一个TCI-state的索引,TCI-state的索引用于指示该控制资源集对应的PDCCH采用的是TCI-state。此外,网络设备也可以通过MAC CE来修改PDCCH的TCI-state。网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个控制资源 集,用于传输不同类型的PDCCH。In addition, the control resource set may also include TCI-state. The control resource set may include multiple TCI-states, and the activated TCI-state may be one of the multiple TCI-states. In other words, the resource used to transmit PDCCH may specifically adopt one of the multiple TCI-states. , Which TCI-state to use is specified by the network device. For example, a network device sends a media access control (Media Access Control, MAC) control element (CE) (MAC CE) to a terminal device, and the MAC CE carries a TCI-state index. The TCI-state index is used The TCI-state is used to indicate the PDCCH corresponding to the control resource set. In addition, the network equipment can also modify the TCI-state of the PDCCH through the MAC CE. The network device can configure one or more control resource sets for the terminal device to transmit different types of PDCCH.
控制资源集例如可以通过高层参数中的ControlResourceSet information element配置。该高层参数中例如可以包括控制资源集的标识(ID)、频域资源、持续时间(duration)所包含的符号个数等。本申请对用于配置控制资源集的具体参数不作限定。The control resource set can be configured through the ControlResourceSet information element in the high-level parameters, for example. The high-level parameters may include, for example, the identification (ID) of the control resource set, frequency domain resources, and the number of symbols included in the duration (duration). This application does not limit the specific parameters used to configure the control resource set.
本申请实施例应用的通信系统中可以包括一个或多个网络设备,以及一个或多个终端设备。一个网络设备可以向一个或多个终端设备传输数据或控制信令。或者,多个网络设备也可以同时为一个终端设备传输数据或者控制信令。The communication system applied in the embodiments of the present application may include one or more network devices and one or more terminal devices. A network device can transmit data or control signaling to one or more terminal devices. Alternatively, multiple network devices may simultaneously transmit data or control signaling for one terminal device.
作为示例而非限定,图1为本申请实施例应用的通信系统100的示意图。该通信系统100包括一个网络设备或110与多个终端设备120(如图1中所示的终端设备120a和终端设备120b)。网络设备110可以通过多个射频通道同时发送多个模拟波束来为多个终端设备传输数据。如图1所示,网络设备同时发送波束1和波束2,其中波束1用于为终端设备120a传输数据,波束2用于为终端设备120b传输数据。波束1可以称为终端设备120a的服务波束,波束2可以称为终端设备120b的服务波束。终端设备120a和终端设备120b可以属于同一个小区。As an example and not a limitation, FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applied in an embodiment of this application. The communication system 100 includes a network device or 110 and a plurality of terminal devices 120 (terminal device 120a and terminal device 120b as shown in FIG. 1). The network device 110 may simultaneously transmit multiple analog beams through multiple radio frequency channels to transmit data to multiple terminal devices. As shown in FIG. 1, the network device transmits beam 1 and beam 2 at the same time, wherein beam 1 is used to transmit data for terminal device 120a, and beam 2 is used to transmit data for terminal device 120b. The beam 1 may be referred to as the serving beam of the terminal device 120a, and the beam 2 may be referred to as the serving beam of the terminal device 120b. The terminal device 120a and the terminal device 120b may belong to the same cell.
图2示出了适用于本申请实施例的通信系统200的另一示意图。如图所示,该通信系统200可以包括至少两个网络设备,例如图2中所示的网络设备210(如图2中所示的网络设备210a和网络设备210b);该通信系统200还可以包括至少一个终端设备,例如图2中所示的终端设备220。该终端设备220可以通过双连接(dual connectivity,DC)技术或者多连接技术等与网络设备210a和网络设备210b建立无线链路。其中,网络设备210a例如可以为主基站,网络设备210b例如可以为辅基站。此情况下,网络设备210a为终端设备220初始接入时的网络设备,负责与终端设备220之间的无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)通信,网络设备210b可以是RRC重配置时添加的,用于提供额外的无线资源。FIG. 2 shows another schematic diagram of a communication system 200 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the communication system 200 may include at least two network devices, such as the network device 210 shown in FIG. 2 (the network device 210a and the network device 210b shown in FIG. 2); the communication system 200 may also It includes at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 220 shown in FIG. 2. The terminal device 220 may establish a wireless link with the network device 210a and the network device 210b through dual connectivity (DC) technology or multi-connection technology. Among them, the network device 210a may be, for example, a primary base station, and the network device 210b may be, for example, a secondary base station. In this case, the network device 210a is the network device when the terminal device 220 initially accesses, and is responsible for radio resource control (RRC) communication with the terminal device 220. The network device 210b can be added during RRC reconfiguration. , Used to provide additional wireless resources.
在一些通信系统中,如5G通信系统中,采用基于模拟波束的高频通信,即网络设备采用模拟波束发送数据,终端设备采用模拟波束接收数据。为了达到最好的数据传输性能,网络设备需要采用最佳发送波束,终端设备需要采用最佳接收波束。最佳发送波束和最佳接收波束需要通过波束测量过程(或者称波束管理过程)来确定。如图3所示,波束测量主要包括发送波束扫描(或者称发送波束测量)和接收波束扫描(或者称接收波束测量)两个过程。In some communication systems, such as 5G communication systems, high-frequency communication based on analog beams is used, that is, network devices use analog beams to send data, and terminal devices use analog beams to receive data. In order to achieve the best data transmission performance, network equipment needs to use the best transmitting beam, and terminal equipment needs to use the best receiving beam. The best transmitting beam and the best receiving beam need to be determined through a beam measurement process (or beam management process). As shown in Fig. 3, the beam measurement mainly includes two processes of sending beam scanning (or called sending beam measurement) and receiving beam scanning (or called receiving beam measurement).
发送波束扫描可以用于确定最佳发送波束。例如,网络设备可以采用多个不同的发送波束发送测量信号,终端设备测量各个发送波束对应的测量信号,根据各发送波束上收到的信号强度,确定哪个发送波束是最佳的(如信号强度越大,发送波束越好),并将该发送波束的信息上报给网络设备。这样网络设备就可以知道采用哪个发送波束向该终端设备发送数据是最佳的。如图3所示,通过发送波束扫描可以确定最佳下行发送波束。用于发送波束扫描的resourceSet中,repetition参数设为“off”。Transmit beam scanning can be used to determine the best transmit beam. For example, a network device can use multiple different transmission beams to send measurement signals, and the terminal device measures the measurement signals corresponding to each transmission beam, and determines which transmission beam is the best according to the signal strength received on each transmission beam (such as signal strength). The larger, the better the sending beam), and the information of the sending beam is reported to the network device. In this way, the network device can know which transmission beam is the best to send data to the terminal device. As shown in Figure 3, the best downlink transmit beam can be determined by scanning the transmit beam. In the resourceSet used to send beam scanning, the repetition parameter is set to "off".
接收波束扫描用于确定最佳接收波束。例如,网络设备可以采用同一发送波束多次发送测量信号,终端设备采用不同接收波束分别测量该发送波束多次发送的测量信号,从而确定对于该发送波束而言,哪个接收波束是最佳的。如图3所示,通过接收波束扫描可以确定最佳上行发送波束。对于不同的发送波束而言,最佳接收波束可能是不同的,因此在 进行接收波束扫描时一般会固定一个特定的发送波束,来确定对于该发送波束而言最佳的接收波束。用于接收波束扫描的resourceSet中,repetition参数设为“on”。Receive beam scanning is used to determine the best receive beam. For example, the network device may use the same transmit beam to transmit measurement signals multiple times, and the terminal device may use different receive beams to measure the measurement signals transmitted multiple times by the transmit beam to determine which receive beam is the best for the transmit beam. As shown in Figure 3, the best uplink transmission beam can be determined by receiving beam scanning. For different transmit beams, the best receive beam may be different. Therefore, when receiving beam scanning, a specific transmit beam is generally fixed to determine the best receive beam for the transmit beam. In the resourceSet used for receiving beam scanning, the repetition parameter is set to "on".
波束测量过程也可以用于确定某些特定发送波束的接收波束,或者,确定某些特定接收波束的发送波束。以接收波束扫描为例,接收波束扫描可以用于确定特定发送波束的接收波束,例如接收波束扫描可以用于确定特定发送波束,如PDCCH波束或PDSCH波束等,的接收波束。以PDCCH波束为例,为了确定PDCCH波束的最佳接收波束,网络设备需要向终端设备配置一个resourceSet(repetition参数设为“on”),并将该resourceSet的TCI-state或该resourceSet中的resource的TCI-state配置成与PDCCH波束的TCI-state相同,这样就能通过测量该resourceSet的资源确定该PDCCH波束的最佳接收波束。The beam measurement process can also be used to determine the receive beams of some specific transmit beams, or determine the transmit beams of some specific receive beams. Taking receiving beam scanning as an example, receiving beam scanning may be used to determine the receiving beam of a specific transmitting beam, for example, receiving beam scanning may be used to determine the receiving beam of a specific transmitting beam, such as a PDCCH beam or a PDSCH beam. Taking the PDCCH beam as an example, in order to determine the best receiving beam of the PDCCH beam, the network device needs to configure a resourceSet (repetition parameter is set to "on") to the terminal device, and set the TCI-state of the resourceSet or the resource in the resourceSet The TCI-state is configured to be the same as the TCI-state of the PDCCH beam, so that the best receiving beam of the PDCCH beam can be determined by measuring the resources of the resourceSet.
随着终端设备的移动,控制信道波束可能会变化,也就是说,PDCCH波束可能会发生变化,或者说,PDCCH的TCI-state可能会发生变化。在这种情况下,原先配置的那个resourceSet将不能用于新的PDCCH波束的接收波束扫描了,也就是说,不能再通过测量之前的resourceSet的资源来确定该PDCCH波束的最佳接收波束。As the terminal device moves, the control channel beam may change, that is, the PDCCH beam may change, or in other words, the TCI-state of the PDCCH may change. In this case, the originally configured resourceSet cannot be used for receiving beam scanning of the new PDCCH beam, that is, the best receiving beam of the PDCCH beam cannot be determined by measuring the resources of the previous resourceSet.
在PDCCH波束发生变化的情况下,为了对新的PDCCH波束进行扫描,一种可能的实现方式是,网络设备重新配置新的resourceSet,或者,网络设备也可以为之前采用的resourceSet配置新的TCI-state。如图4所示,控制信道波束发送变化,即TCI-state发生变化,那么网络设备就向终端设备发送RRC重配消息,重新配置新的resourceSet,或者,网络设备为之前采用的resourceSet配置的新的TCI-state,使得其与PDCCH的TCI-state是相同的。When the PDCCH beam changes, in order to scan the new PDCCH beam, a possible implementation is that the network device reconfigures a new resourceSet, or the network device can also configure a new TCI- for the previously used resourceSet. state. As shown in Figure 4, when the control channel beam transmission changes, that is, the TCI-state changes, the network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device to reconfigure a new resourceSet, or the network device configures a new resourceSet for the previously used resourceSet. The TCI-state of the PDCCH is the same as the TCI-state of the PDCCH.
采用上述方式,每次波束发生变化(如PDCCH波束发送变化)都会导致RRC重配。频繁的RRC重配会带来较大的信令开销。此外,RRC重配的生效时间也比较长,导致无法及时进行新的PDCCH波束的接收波束扫描。进而,还会导致数据传输性能下降。With the above method, each beam change (such as PDCCH beam transmission change) will cause RRC reconfiguration. Frequent RRC reconfiguration will bring greater signaling overhead. In addition, the effective time of the RRC reconfiguration is also relatively long, resulting in the inability to perform the receiving beam scanning of the new PDCCH beam in time. Furthermore, the data transmission performance will decrease.
本申请提出一种更新TCI信息的方法与装置,通过终端设备自动更新TCI信息,可以避免频繁的RRC重配带来的信令开销,而且可以降低更新TCI信息带来的时延、提高数据传输性能。This application proposes a method and device for updating TCI information. By automatically updating TCI information by terminal equipment, signaling overhead caused by frequent RRC reconfiguration can be avoided, and the delay caused by updating TCI information can be reduced and data transmission can be improved. performance.
图5为本申请实施例的更新TCI信息的方法500的示意性流程图。该方法500可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method 500 for updating TCI information according to an embodiment of the application. The method 500 may include the following steps.
510,网络设备向终端设备发送n个资源的信息,该n个资源与第一目标具有相同的TCI配置,其中,n为大于1或等于1的整数。510. The network device sends information about n resources to the terminal device, where the n resources have the same TCI configuration as the first target, where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
为区分,将n个资源中的资源记为资源A,即网络设备向终端设备发送n个资源A的信息。In order to distinguish, the resource among the n resources is marked as resource A, that is, the network device sends n resource A information to the terminal device.
资源A,如上文所述,可以是上行信号资源,也可以是下行信号资源。资源A可以为用于波束测量的测量资源,如用于发送波束扫描或接收波束扫描的资源。或者,该资源A也可以为用于信道测量的资源。或者,该资源A也可以为跟踪参考信号(tracking reference signal,TRS)资源,等等,对此不做限定。Resource A, as described above, can be an uplink signal resource or a downlink signal resource. Resource A may be a measurement resource used for beam measurement, such as a resource used for transmitting beam scanning or receiving beam scanning. Alternatively, the resource A may also be a resource used for channel measurement. Alternatively, the resource A may also be a tracking reference signal (tracking reference signal, TRS) resource, etc., which is not limited.
可选地,网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置信息,该测量配置信息中包括该n个资源A。Optionally, the network device sends measurement configuration information to the terminal device, and the measurement configuration information includes the n resources A.
测量配置信息可以包括资源配置信息,资源配置信息(resourceConfig)包括一个或多个资源集(resourceSet),每个资源集可以包括一个或多个资源。测量配置信息包括n个 资源A,该n个资源A可以属于一个资源集,或者,也可以属于多个资源集,对此不做限定。The measurement configuration information may include resource configuration information, the resource configuration information (resourceConfig) includes one or more resource sets (resourceSet), and each resource set may include one or more resources. The measurement configuration information includes n resources A, and the n resources A may belong to one resource set, or may also belong to multiple resource sets, which is not limited.
此外,测量配置信息还可以包括上报配置信息。例如,测量配置信息可以包括触发状态。如上文所述,触发状态是网络设备通过测量配置信息配置给终端设备的,用于触发非周期的测量上报过程。In addition, the measurement configuration information may also include report configuration information. For example, the measurement configuration information may include trigger status. As mentioned above, the trigger state is configured by the network device to the terminal device through measurement configuration information, and is used to trigger the aperiodic measurement report process.
其中,第一目标包括以下两种情况。Among them, the first goal includes the following two situations.
情况1:第一目标为物理信道。Case 1: The first target is a physical channel.
例如,该物理信道可以为以下一项或多项:PDCCH、PDSCH、PUSCH、或PUCCH。For example, the physical channel may be one or more of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, PUSCH, or PUCCH.
情况2:第一目标为资源。Situation 2: The first goal is resources.
例如,该资源可以为:数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源、该参考信号资源的TCI-state中的参考信号资源、或者、波束管理上报的资源等等。For example, the resource may be: a reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission, a reference signal resource in the TCI-state of the reference signal resource, or a resource reported by beam management, etc.
下文结合图6和图7实施例分别说明上述两种情况。The above two situations are described below with reference to the embodiments of FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 respectively.
其中,具有相同的TCI配置,例如可以用于:下行资源与下行资源之间、下行资源与上行资源之间、上行资源与上行资源之间、下行信道与下行资源之间、上行信道和下行资源之间、或者上行信道和上行资源之间等等。Among them, the same TCI configuration can be used, for example, between downlink resources and downlink resources, between downlink resources and uplink resources, between uplink resources and uplink resources, between downlink channels and downlink resources, uplink channels and downlink resources Between the uplink channel and the uplink resource, etc.
示例性地,下行资源与下行资源具有相同的TCI配置。具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示这两个下行资源的TCI-state的索引相同。或者,具有相同的TCI配置,也可以表示这两个下行资源的TCI-state中包括的typeD的QCL-info对应的参考信号资源是相同的。或者,具有相同的TCI配置,也可以表示这两个下行资源的TCI-state中包括的所有QCL-info对应的参考信号资源都是相同的。或者,具有相同的TCI配置,也可以表示在TCI-state中具有相互包含关系,例如资源2的TCI-state中包括的资源是资源1,则可以认为资源1和资源2具有相同的TCI配置。Exemplarily, the downlink resource and the downlink resource have the same TCI configuration. Having the same TCI configuration can indicate that the TCI-state indexes of the two downlink resources are the same. Or, having the same TCI configuration may also indicate that the reference signal resources corresponding to the QCL-info of typeD included in the TCI-states of the two downlink resources are the same. Or, having the same TCI configuration may also mean that all the reference signal resources corresponding to the QCL-info included in the TCI-states of the two downlink resources are the same. Alternatively, having the same TCI configuration may also indicate that there is a mutual inclusion relationship in the TCI-state. For example, if the resource included in the TCI-state of resource 2 is resource 1, it can be considered that resource 1 and resource 2 have the same TCI configuration.
示例性地,下行资源与上行资源具有相同的TCI配置。具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示该下行资源的TCI-state中的参考资源与该上行资源的空间关系(spatial relation,SR)中的参考资源相同。或者,具有相同的TCI配置,也可以表示该下行资源的TCI-state中的参考资源是该上行资源。或者,具有相同的TCI配置,也可以表示该上行资源的空间关系中的参考资源是该下行资源。其中,空间关系,也可以称为上行TCI(uplink TCI,UL TCI)。空间关系可以用于确定上行信号的发送波束。Exemplarily, the downlink resource and the uplink resource have the same TCI configuration. Having the same TCI configuration may indicate that the reference resource in the TCI-state of the downlink resource is the same as the reference resource in the spatial relation (SR) of the uplink resource. Alternatively, having the same TCI configuration may also indicate that the reference resource in the TCI-state of the downlink resource is the uplink resource. Or, having the same TCI configuration may also indicate that the reference resource in the spatial relationship of the uplink resource is the downlink resource. Among them, the spatial relationship can also be called uplink TCI (uplink TCI, UL TCI). The spatial relationship can be used to determine the transmission beam of the uplink signal.
示例性地,上行资源与上行资源具有相同的TCI配置。具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示这两个上行资源具有相同的TCI-state或空间关系。或者,具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示这两个上行资源的TCI-state或空间关系中包括的资源相同。或者,具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示一个上行资源的TCI-state或空间关系中包括的资源为两个上行资源中的另一个上行资源。Exemplarily, the uplink resource and the uplink resource have the same TCI configuration. Having the same TCI configuration can indicate that the two uplink resources have the same TCI-state or spatial relationship. Or, having the same TCI configuration may indicate that the resources included in the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the two uplink resources are the same. Or, having the same TCI configuration may indicate that the resource included in the TCI-state or spatial relationship of one uplink resource is the other uplink resource of the two uplink resources.
示例性地,下行信道和下行资源之间具有相同的TCI配置。具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示为该下行信道与下行资源的TCI-state的索引相同。或者,具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示为该下行信道与下行资源的TCI-state中包括的typeD的QCL-info对应的参考信号资源相同。或者,具有相同的TCI配置,也可以表示为该下行信道与下行资源中包括的所有QCL-info对应的参考信号资源都是相同的。或者,具有相同的TCI配置,也可以表示为该下行信道与下行资源在TCI-state中具有相互包含关系,例如该下行信道的TCI-state 中包括的资源是该下行资源。Exemplarily, the downlink channel and the downlink resource have the same TCI configuration. Having the same TCI configuration, it can be expressed that the index of the TCI-state of the downlink channel and the downlink resource is the same. Or, having the same TCI configuration may indicate that the downlink channel is the same as the reference signal resource corresponding to the QCL-info of type D included in the TCI-state of the downlink resource. Or, having the same TCI configuration can also be expressed as the reference signal resource corresponding to the downlink channel and all QCL-info included in the downlink resource are the same. Or, having the same TCI configuration can also be expressed as the downlink channel and the downlink resource have a mutual inclusion relationship in the TCI-state, for example, the resource included in the TCI-state of the downlink channel is the downlink resource.
示例性地,上行信道和下行资源之间具有相同的TCI配置。具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示为该上行信道的UL TCI-state与下行资源的TCI-state的索引相同。或者,具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示为该上行信道的UL TCI-state中包括的资源为该下行资源。Exemplarily, the uplink channel and the downlink resource have the same TCI configuration. With the same TCI configuration, it can be expressed that the UL TCI-state of the uplink channel has the same index as the TCI-state of the downlink resource. Or, with the same TCI configuration, it can be expressed that the resource included in the UL TCI-state of the uplink channel is the downlink resource.
示例性地,上行信道和上行资源之间具有相同的TCI配置。具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示该上行信道对应的SRS资源索引(SRS-resource indicator,SRI)是该上行资源。或者,具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示该上行信道对应的SRI为该上行资源的UL TCI-state或空间关系中包括的资源。Exemplarily, the uplink channel and the uplink resource have the same TCI configuration. Having the same TCI configuration can indicate that the SRS resource index (SRS-resource indicator, SRI) corresponding to the uplink channel is the uplink resource. Or, having the same TCI configuration may indicate that the SRI corresponding to the uplink channel is a resource included in the UL TCI-state or spatial relationship of the uplink resource.
应理解,资源和资源具有相同的TCI配置,也可以认为资源和资源对应或者关联;或者,资源和信道具有相同的TCI配置,也可以认为资源和信道对应或者关联。It should be understood that the resource and the resource have the same TCI configuration, and it can also be considered that the resource and the resource are corresponding or associated; or, the resource and the channel have the same TCI configuration, and it can also be considered that the resource and the channel are corresponding or associated.
关于具有相同的TCI配置,下文不再赘述。Regarding having the same TCI configuration, I won't repeat them below.
520,在第一目标或第一目标的TCI-state发生更新的情况下,终端设备更新n个资源的TCI信息,更新后,n个资源与第一目标具有相同的TCI配置。也就是说,n个资源始终与第一目标保持相同的TCI配置。520. In the case where the first target or the TCI-state of the first target is updated, the terminal device updates the TCI information of the n resources. After the update, the n resources have the same TCI configuration as the first target. In other words, the n resources always maintain the same TCI configuration as the first target.
换句话说,在第一目标或第一目标的TCI-state发生改变的情况下,终端设备自动更新n个资源A的TCI信息,以便可以使得n个资源A和第一目标保持相同的TCI配置。In other words, when the first target or the TCI-state of the first target changes, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of the n resource A, so that the n resource A and the first target can maintain the same TCI configuration .
在本申请实施例中,多次提及自动更新。自动更新可以理解为,终端设备确定第一目标或第一目标的TCI-state发生更新后,自动更新资源或资源集对应的TCI信息。或者,可以理解为,第一目标或第一目标的TCI-state发生更新后,网络设备不需要通过RRC重配置重新配置资源或资源集,或者,网络设备不需要为资源或资源集配置新的TCI信息。或者,也可以理解为,网络设备预先为资源或资源集配置多个TCI信息,或者说,资源或资源集关联多个TCI信息,终端设备根据第一目标或第一目标对应的TCI-state,从该多个TCI信息中确定资源或资源集对应的TCI信息。In the embodiments of this application, automatic update is mentioned many times. Automatic update can be understood as the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information corresponding to the resource or resource set after determining that the first target or the TCI-state of the first target is updated. Or, it can be understood that after the first target or the TCI-state of the first target is updated, the network device does not need to reconfigure the resource or resource set through RRC reconfiguration, or the network device does not need to configure a new resource or resource set. TCI information. Alternatively, it can also be understood that the network device configures multiple TCI information for the resource or resource set in advance, or in other words, the resource or resource set is associated with multiple TCI information, and the terminal device according to the first target or the TCI-state corresponding to the first target, Determine the TCI information corresponding to the resource or resource set from the multiple TCI information.
更新TCI信息可以表示更新TCI-state,例如,更新资源A的TCI-state,或者,更新资源A所属的资源集的TCI-state。或者,更新TCI信息也可以表示更新TCI-state中的参考资源,例如,更新资源A的TCI-state中的参考资源,或者,更新资源A所属的资源集的TCI-state中的参考资源。更新TCI信息,以便n个资源A与第一目标保持相同的TCI配置。Updating the TCI information may mean updating the TCI-state, for example, updating the TCI-state of the resource A, or updating the TCI-state of the resource set to which the resource A belongs. Alternatively, updating the TCI information may also mean updating the reference resource in the TCI-state, for example, updating the reference resource in the TCI-state of the resource A, or updating the reference resource in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the resource A belongs. Update the TCI information so that the n resources A maintain the same TCI configuration as the first target.
例如,网络设备预先为资源集配置的多个TCI-state包括:TCI-state1、TCI-state2、TCI-state3、TCI-state4、以及TCI-state5,该资源集与PDCCH相关联。如当PDCCH的TCI-state为TCI-state2时,该资源集对应的TCI-state为TCI-state2;又如,当PDCCH的TCI-state更新为TCI-state4时,该资源集对应的TCI-state更新为TCI-state4。For example, the multiple TCI-states configured by the network device for the resource set in advance include: TCI-state1, TCI-state2, TCI-state3, TCI-state4, and TCI-state5, and the resource set is associated with the PDCCH. For example, when the TCI-state of the PDCCH is TCI-state2, the TCI-state corresponding to the resource set is TCI-state2; another example, when the TCI-state of the PDCCH is updated to TCI-state4, the TCI-state corresponding to the resource set Update to TCI-state4.
应理解,本申请实施例并未限定于此,任何可以使得更新TCI信息后,n个资源A与第一目标保持相同的TCI配置的方式,都落入本申请实施例的保护范围。It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this, and any manner that enables the n resources A to maintain the same TCI configuration with the first target after updating the TCI information falls within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present application.
下面结合上述两种情况简述步骤520。Step 520 is briefly described below in combination with the above two situations.
情况1:第一目标为物理信道。Case 1: The first target is a physical channel.
在该情况下,步骤520:在物理信道的TCI-state发生更新的情况下,终端设备更新n个资源A的TCI信息,更新后的n个资源A与更新后的物理信道具有相同的TCI配置。In this case, step 520: When the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated, the terminal device updates the TCI information of n resource A, and the updated n resource A has the same TCI configuration as the updated physical channel .
其中,更新后的n个资源A,表示更新TCI信息后的n个资源A;更新后的物理信道, 表示更新TCI-state后的物理信道。Among them, the updated n resources A indicate the n resources A after updating the TCI information; the updated physical channel indicates the physical channel after updating the TCI-state.
可选地,在该情况下,终端设备可以基于更新消息自动更新资源A的TCI信息。Optionally, in this case, the terminal device may automatically update the TCI information of resource A based on the update message.
在步骤520之前,方法500还可以包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的更新消息,更新消息用于指示更新后的物理信道的TCI-state。终端设备接收到该更新消息后,可以自动更新n个资源A的TCI信息,以便该n个资源A与物理信道始终具有相同TCI配置。Before step 520, the method 500 may further include: the terminal device receives an update message sent by the network device, where the update message is used to indicate the updated TCI-state of the physical channel. After receiving the update message, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the n resources A, so that the n resources A and the physical channel always have the same TCI configuration.
例如,该物理信道为PDCCH时,该更新消息可以为MAC CE信令,也就是说,网络设备可以通过MAC CE激活一个TCI-state,或者说,网络设备可以通过MAC CE激活某个控制资源集的一个TCI-state。终端设备接收到MAC CE后,更新n个资源A的TCI信息,使得更新后,资源A与PDCCH具有相同的TCI配置。For example, when the physical channel is PDCCH, the update message can be MAC CE signaling, that is, the network device can activate a TCI-state through MAC CE, or in other words, the network device can activate a certain control resource set through MAC CE Of a TCI-state. After receiving the MAC CE, the terminal device updates the TCI information of the n resource A, so that after the update, the resource A and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration.
又如,该物理信道为PDSCH时,该更新消息可以DCI或MAC CE,也就是说,网络设备可以通过DCI指示更新后的一个或多个TCI-state,或者,网络设备可以通过MAC CE激活更新后的一个或多个TCI-state。终端设备接收到DCI或MAC CE后,更新n个资源A的TCI-state,使得更新后的TCI-state与PDSCH波束更新后的TCI-state相同。For another example, when the physical channel is the PDSCH, the update message can be DCI or MAC CE, that is, the network device can indicate one or more updated TCI-states through DCI, or the network device can activate the update through MAC CE One or more TCI-states afterwards. After receiving the DCI or MAC CE, the terminal device updates the TCI-state of the n resources A, so that the updated TCI-state is the same as the updated TCI-state of the PDSCH beam.
可选地,n个资源A更新TCI信息后的TCI-state的生效时间与物理信道更新后的TCI-state的生效时间一致。例如,终端设备接收到更新消息后,可以在预设时长后再自动更新n个资源A对应的TCI-state。Optionally, the effective time of the TCI-state after the TCI information of the n resources A is updated is consistent with the effective time of the TCI-state after the physical channel is updated. For example, after receiving the update message, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI-states corresponding to n resources A after a preset period of time.
其中,该预设时长可以是预先设置的,如网络设备预先设置或者协议预先规定;或者,也可以是网络设备配置的预设时长并通知给终端设备,如根据历史通信情况确定的时长等;或者,也可以是终端设备自己确定的,终端设备还可以将该时间作为终端能力参数上报给网络设备。Wherein, the preset duration may be preset, such as preset by the network device or specified in the protocol; or, it may be the preset duration configured by the network device and notified to the terminal device, such as the duration determined based on historical communication conditions; Or, it may be determined by the terminal device itself, and the terminal device may also report the time as a terminal capability parameter to the network device.
可选地,终端设备可以基于n个资源A与物理信道之间的关系,更新n个资源A的TCI信息。Optionally, the terminal device may update the TCI information of the n resource A based on the relationship between the n resource A and the physical channel.
n个资源A和物理信道具有相同的TCI配置,可以认为n个资源A和物理信道关联或对应。换句话说,当物理信道的TCI-state发生更新时,终端设备自动更新与该物理信道关联的n个资源A的TCI信息,使得关联的n个资源A和物理信道具有相同的TCI配置。The n resource A and the physical channel have the same TCI configuration, and it can be considered that the n resource A is associated or corresponding to the physical channel. In other words, when the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of the n resources A associated with the physical channel, so that the associated n resources A and the physical channel have the same TCI configuration.
n个资源A与物理信道之间的关系,或者说,n个资源A和物理信道具有相同的TCI配置,可以是终端设备预先获得的,例如网络设备预先通知终端设备。The relationship between the n resources A and the physical channel, or that the n resources A and the physical channel have the same TCI configuration, may be obtained in advance by the terminal device, for example, the network device may notify the terminal device in advance.
其中,n个资源A与物理信道之间的关系可以包括以下一项或多项:物理信道与n个资源A的对应关系、物理信道与n个资源A所属的资源集的对应关系、物理信道对应的资源与n个资源A的对应关系、或物理信道对应的资源与n个资源A所属的资源集的对应关系。Among them, the relationship between n resources A and physical channels may include one or more of the following: the corresponding relationship between the physical channel and the n resource A, the corresponding relationship between the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resource A belongs, and the physical channel The corresponding relationship between the corresponding resource and the n resource A, or the corresponding relationship between the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resource A belongs.
例如,物理信道为PDCCH,n个资源A包括:资源1、资源2、以及资源3,假设资源1、资源2、以及资源3所属的资源集为资源集1。For example, the physical channel is PDCCH, and the n resources A include: resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3. Assume that the resource set to which resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3 belong is resource set 1.
n个资源A与物理信道之间的关系可以包括:PDCCH与资源1、资源2、以及资源3对应,换句话说,PDCCH、资源1、资源2、以及资源3的TCI配置相同。或者,n个资源A与物理信道之间的关系还可以包括:PDCCH与资源集1对应,换句话说,PDCCH与资源集1具有相同的TCI配置。或者,n个资源A与物理信道之间的关系还可以包括:PDCCH对应的资源与资源1、资源2、以及资源3对应,换句话说,PDCCH对应的资源、 资源1、资源2、以及资源3的TCI配置相同。或者,n个资源A与物理信道之间的关系还可以包括:PDCCH对应的资源与资源集1对应,换句话说,PDCCH对应的资源与资源集1具有相同的TCI配置。The relationship between n resources A and physical channels may include: PDCCH corresponds to resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3. In other words, the TCI configuration of PDCCH, resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3 are the same. Alternatively, the relationship between the n resources A and the physical channel may further include: the PDCCH corresponds to the resource set 1, in other words, the PDCCH and the resource set 1 have the same TCI configuration. Alternatively, the relationship between the n resources A and the physical channel may also include: the resource corresponding to the PDCCH corresponds to resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3. In other words, the resource corresponding to PDCCH, resource 1, resource 2, and resource The TCI configuration of 3 is the same. Alternatively, the relationship between the n resources A and the physical channel may further include: the resource corresponding to the PDCCH corresponds to the resource set 1. In other words, the resource corresponding to the PDCCH has the same TCI configuration as the resource set 1.
情况2:第一目标为资源。Situation 2: The first goal is resources.
也就是说,第一目标为m个资源,m为大于1或等于1的整数,且m大于或等于n。In other words, the first target is m resources, m is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and m is greater than or equal to n.
在该情况下,步骤520:在m个资源发生改变的情况下,终端设备更新n个资源A的TCI信息,更新后的n个资源A与更新后的m个资源具有相同的TCI配置。In this case, step 520: in the case where m resources are changed, the terminal device updates the TCI information of n resources A, and the updated n resources A and the updated m resources have the same TCI configuration.
其中,更新后的n个资源A,表示更新TCI信息后的n个资源A。更新后的m个资源,表示资源改变后的m个资源,也可以表示更新TCI后的m个资源。Among them, the updated n resources A represent n resources A after updating the TCI information. The updated m resources represent the m resources after the resource change, and may also represent the m resources after the TCI is updated.
以更新后的m个资源表示更新TCI后的m个资源为例。步骤520可以理解为,m个资源的TCI更新,终端设备自动更新n个资源A的TCI信息,更新后的n个资源A与更新后的m个资源具有相同的TCI配置。或者,也可以理解为,m个资源的TCI更新也可能导致n个资源A的TCI更新。例如,m个资源为数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源,m个资源的TCI更新可以理解为数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源发生改变,或者该参考资源的TCI-state中的参考信号资源发生改变,等等。Take the updated m resources representing the m resources after updating the TCI as an example. Step 520 can be understood as, if the TCI of m resources is updated, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of n resources A, and the updated n resources A and the updated m resources have the same TCI configuration. Alternatively, it can also be understood that the TCI update of m resources may also lead to the TCI update of n resources A. For example, m resources are reference signal resources in the TCI-state used for data transmission, and the TCI update of m resources can be understood as a change in the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission, or the TCI-state of the reference resource. The reference signal resource in the state changes, and so on.
可选地,m个资源为基于测量结果上报的资源;或,m个资源为数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源或者参考资源的TCI-state中的参考信号资源。其中,参考资源的TCI-state中的参考信号资源,即数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源的TCI-state中的参考信号资源。例如,数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源为资源1,m个资源可以表示资源1的TCI-state中的参考信号资源。Optionally, the m resources are resources reported based on the measurement results; or, the m resources are reference signal resources in the TCI-state used for data transmission or reference signal resources in the TCI-state of the reference resource. The reference signal resource in the TCI-state of the reference resource is the reference signal resource in the TCI-state of the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission. For example, the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission is resource 1, and m resources may represent the reference signal resource in the TCI-state of resource 1.
可选地,n个资源为用于信道测量的资源;或,n个资源为用于波束测量的资源;或,n个资源为跟踪参考信号资源。Optionally, the n resources are resources used for channel measurement; or, the n resources are resources used for beam measurement; or, the n resources are tracking reference signal resources.
应理解,上述m个资源和n个资源可以任意组合,本申请实施例不做限定。可以理解,关联的两个资源,其中一个资源发生更新,终端设备自动更新其关联的另一个资源。It should be understood that the foregoing m resources and n resources can be combined arbitrarily, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that if one of the two associated resources is updated, the terminal device automatically updates the other associated resource.
n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以是n个资源A与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应,对应的每组资源具有相同的TCI配置。或者,n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,也可以是n个资源A中的任意一个资源A对应m个资源中的一个或多个资源,对应的每组资源具有相同的TCI配置。或者,n个资源A中的每个资源A属于一个资源集,即n个资源A属于n个资源集,n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,也可以是n个资源集与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应,相互对应的资源和资源集具有相同的TCI配置。或者,n个资源A中的每个资源A属于一个资源集,即n个资源A属于n个资源集,n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,也可以是n个资源集中的任意一个资源集对应m个资源中的一个或多个资源,相互对应的资源和资源集具有相同的TCI配置。The n resources A and the m resources have the same TCI configuration, and the n resources A may have a one-to-one correspondence with the n resources in the m resources, and each corresponding group of resources has the same TCI configuration. Alternatively, n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, or any resource A in the n resources A corresponds to one or more of the m resources, and each corresponding group of resources has the same TCI Configuration. Alternatively, each resource A in the n resources A belongs to a resource set, that is, n resources A belong to n resource sets, and n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, or n resource sets and The n resources in the m resources have a one-to-one correspondence, and the resources and resource sets corresponding to each other have the same TCI configuration. Alternatively, each resource A in the n resources A belongs to a resource set, that is, n resources A belong to n resource sets, and n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, or they can be in n resource sets Any one resource set corresponds to one or more of the m resources, and the corresponding resources and resource sets have the same TCI configuration.
示例性地,m等于n。Illustratively, m is equal to n.
n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示n个资源A与m个资源一一对应,对应的每组资源具有相同的TCI配置。The n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that the n resources A and m resources have a one-to-one correspondence, and each corresponding group of resources has the same TCI configuration.
例如,n个资源A包括资源1、资源2、以及资源3,m个资源包括资源4、资源5、以及资源6。n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示,资源1与资源4具 有相同的TCI配置,资源2与资源5具有相同的TCI配置,资源3与资源6具有相同的TCI配置。For example, n resources A include resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3, and m resources include resource 4, resource 5, and resource 6. The n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that resource 1 and resource 4 have the same TCI configuration, resource 2 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 3 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration.
应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
示例性地,m大于n。Illustratively, m is greater than n.
n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示,n个资源A与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应,对应的每组资源具有相同的TCI配置。或者,n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,也可以表示,n个资源A与m个资源一对多,对应的每组资源具有相同的TCI配置。The n resources A and the m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that the n resources A have a one-to-one correspondence with the n resources in the m resources, and each corresponding group of resources has the same TCI configuration. Alternatively, n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can also mean that the n resources A and m resources are one-to-many, and each corresponding group of resources has the same TCI configuration.
以n个资源A包括资源1和资源2,m个资源包括资源4、资源5、以及资源6为例,n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置可以为以下任意一种形式。Taking n resources A including resource 1 and resource 2, and m resources including resource 4, resource 5, and resource 6 as an example, n resources A and m resources having the same TCI configuration can be in any of the following forms.
一种可能的形式,n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示,资源1与资源4具有相同的TCI配置,资源2与资源5具有相同的TCI配置。或者,n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示,资源1与资源5具有相同的TCI配置,资源2与资源6具有相同的TCI配置。应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,n个资源A可以与m个资源中的任意n个资源对应,本申请实施例并未限定于此。In a possible form, n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that resource 1 and resource 4 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 2 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration. Alternatively, n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that resource 1 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 2 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration. It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the n resources A may correspond to any n resources among the m resources, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
又一种可能的形式,n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示,资源1所属的资源集与资源4具有相同的TCI配置,资源2所属的资源集与资源5具有相同的TCI配置。或者,n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示,资源1所属的资源集与资源5具有相同的TCI配置,资源2所属的资源集与资源6具有相同的TCI配置。应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。In another possible form, n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can indicate that the resource set to which resource 1 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 4, and the resource set to which resource 2 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 5. TCI configuration. Alternatively, n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that the resource set to which resource 1 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 5, and the resource set to which resource 2 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 6. It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
又一种可能的形式,n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示,资源1与资源4以及资源5具有相同的TCI配置,资源2与资源6具有相同的TCI配置。或者,n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示,资源1与资源5具有相同的TCI配置,资源2与资源4以及资源6具有相同的TCI配置。应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。In another possible form, n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that resource 1 and resource 4 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 2 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration. Alternatively, n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that resource 1 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 2 and resource 4 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration. It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
又一种可能的形式,n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示,资源1所属的资源集与资源4以及资源5具有相同的TCI配置,资源2所属的资源集与资源6具有相同的TCI配置。或者,n个资源A与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示,资源1所属的资源集与资源5具有相同的TCI配置,资源2所属的资源集与资源4以及资源6具有相同的TCI配置。应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。In another possible form, n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can indicate that the resource set to which resource 1 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 4 and resource 5, and the resource set and resource to which resource 2 belongs 6 has the same TCI configuration. Or, n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that the resource set to which resource 1 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 5, and the resource set to which resource 2 belongs has the same TCI as resources 4 and 6 Configuration. It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
应理解,上述几种可能的形式仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。It should be understood that the above several possible forms are only exemplary descriptions, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
可选地,在情况2下,终端设备可以基于m个资源有无更改自动更新资源A的TCI信息。Optionally, in case 2, the terminal device may automatically update the TCI information of the resource A based on whether the m resources are changed.
该情况2至少包括以下两种场景。This scenario 2 includes at least the following two scenarios.
场景1,m个资源属于终端设备基于测量结果上报的资源。Scenario 1, m resources belong to the resources reported by the terminal device based on the measurement result.
可选地,n个资源A为用于信道测量或用于波束测量的资源。也就是说,终端设备可以根据上报的资源有无发生改变,来确定是否要自动更新用于信道测量或用于波束测量的资源的TCI信息。Optionally, the n resources A are resources used for channel measurement or beam measurement. In other words, the terminal device can determine whether to automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement or beam measurement according to whether the reported resource has changed.
m个资源发生更新,包括:终端设备在第二时刻上报的m个资源与终端设备在第一 时刻上报的m个资源的索引不完全相同,其中,第一时刻早于第二时刻。The m resources are updated, including: the index of the m resources reported by the terminal device at the second time and the m resources reported by the terminal device at the first time are not exactly the same, where the first time is earlier than the second time.
也就是说,当第一目标为终端设备上报的资源时,如波束管理上报资源,终端设备可以基于两次上报的资源是否相同,如当前上报的资源与上一次上报的资源是否完全相同,来确定是否要更新n个资源A的TCI信息。当前上报的资源与上一次上报的资源完全相同的情况下,不需要更新n个资源A的TCI信息;当前上报的资源与上一次上报的资源不完全相同的情况下(至少有一个资源不同),终端设备更新n个资源A的TCI信息。That is to say, when the first target is the resource reported by the terminal device, such as the beam management reporting resource, the terminal device can be based on whether the resources reported twice are the same, for example, whether the currently reported resource is exactly the same as the last reported resource. Determine whether to update the TCI information of n resource A. When the currently reported resource is exactly the same as the last reported resource, there is no need to update the TCI information of n resource A; when the currently reported resource is not exactly the same as the last reported resource (at least one resource is different) , The terminal device updates the TCI information of n resource A.
场景2,m个资源属于用于数据传输所参考的资源,即数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源,或者该参考信号资源的TCI-state中的参考信号资源。In Scenario 2, the m resources belong to the reference resource used for data transmission, that is, the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission, or the reference signal resource in the TCI-state of the reference signal resource.
应理解,场景2表示m个资源为数据传输所参考的资源,或者说,与数据传输相关的资源,例如数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源,或者该参考信号资源的TCI-state中的参考信号资源等等,下文统一用数据传输所参考的资源表示。It should be understood that scenario 2 indicates that m resources are resources referenced by data transmission, or in other words, resources related to data transmission, such as the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission, or the TCI-state of the reference signal resource Reference signal resources in, etc., are uniformly represented by resources referenced by data transmission below.
可选地,n个资源为跟踪参考信号资源。也就是说,终端设备可以根据用于数据传输所参考的资源有无发生改变,来确定是否要自动更新跟踪参考信号资源的TCI信息。Optionally, the n resources are tracking reference signal resources. In other words, the terminal device can determine whether to automatically update the TCI information tracking the reference signal resource according to whether the resource referenced for data transmission has changed.
下文结合图7详细说明上述两种场景。The following two scenarios are described in detail in conjunction with FIG. 7.
可选地,终端设备可以基于n个资源A与m个资源之间的关系,更新n个资源A的TCI信息。Optionally, the terminal device may update the TCI information of the n resources A based on the relationship between the n resources A and the m resources.
n个资源A和m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以认为n个资源A和m个资源关联或对应。换句话说,当m个资源发生更新时,终端设备自动更新与该物理信道关联的n个资源A的TCI信息,使得关联的n个资源A和m个资源具有相同的TCI配置。The n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, and it can be considered that the n resources A and m resources are associated or corresponding. In other words, when m resources are updated, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of the n resources A associated with the physical channel, so that the associated n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration.
n个资源A与m个资源之间的关系,或者说,n个资源A和m个资源具有相同的TCI配置,可以是终端设备预先获得的,例如网络设备预先通知终端设备。The relationship between n resources A and m resources, in other words, n resources A and m resources have the same TCI configuration, which may be obtained in advance by the terminal device, for example, the network device notifies the terminal device in advance.
其中,n个资源A与m个资源之间的关系包括以下一项或多项:n个资源A与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应、n个资源A所属的n个资源集与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应、n个资源A中的任意一个资源A与m个资源中的一个或多个资源对应、n个资源A中的任意一个资源A所属的资源集与m个资源中的一个或多个资源对应、n个资源A与m个资源中的n个资源的信道一一对应、n个资源A所属的n个资源集与m个资源中的n个资源的信道一一对应、n个资源A中的任意一个资源A与m个资源中的一个或多个资源的信道对应、或者n个资源A中的任意一个资源A所属的资源集与m个资源中的一个或多个资源的信道对应。Among them, the relationship between n resources A and m resources includes one or more of the following: n resources A correspond to n resources in m resources one-to-one, n resource sets to which n resources A belong and There is a one-to-one correspondence between n resources in the m resources, any resource A in the n resources A corresponds to one or more resources in the m resources, and the resource set to which any resource A in the n resources A belongs is One or more of the m resources correspond to one or more of the resources, n resource A corresponds to the channels of the n resources of the m resources one-to-one, n resource sets to which the n resources A belong and n resources of the m resources One-to-one correspondence between the channels of the n resources A, any one of the n resources A corresponds to the channel of one or more of the m resources, or the resource set to which any one of the n resources A belongs and m resources Correspondence to one or more resources in the channel.
以n个资源A包括资源1和资源2,m个资源包括资源4、资源5、以及资源6为例。Take n resources A including resource 1 and resource 2, and m resources including resource 4, resource 5, and resource 6 as an example.
n个资源A与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应,可以是n个资源A与m个资源中的任意两个资源一一对应。例如,资源1与资源4对应,资源2与资源6对应,也就是说,资源1与资源4具有相同的TCI配置,资源2与资源6具有相同的TCI配置。应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。There is a one-to-one correspondence between the n resources A and the n resources in the m resources, and the n resources A may be in a one-to-one correspondence with any two resources among the m resources. For example, resource 1 corresponds to resource 4, resource 2 corresponds to resource 6, that is, resource 1 and resource 4 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 2 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration. It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
n个资源A与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应,可以是n个资源A所属的n个资源集与m个资源中的任意两个资源一一对应。例如,资源1所属的资源集与资源4对应,资源2所属的资源集与资源6对应,也就是说,资源1所属的资源集与资源4具有相同的TCI配置,资源2所属的资源集与资源6具有相同的TCI配置。应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。The n resources A have a one-to-one correspondence with the n resources in the m resources, and the n resource sets to which the n resources A belong may have a one-to-one correspondence with any two of the m resources. For example, the resource set to which resource 1 belongs corresponds to resource 4, and the resource set to which resource 2 belongs corresponds to resource 6. That is, the resource set to which resource 1 belongs and resource 4 have the same TCI configuration, and the resource set to which resource 2 belongs corresponds to Resource 6 has the same TCI configuration. It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
n个资源A与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应,可以是n个资源A中的任意一个资源A与m个资源中的一个或多个资源对应。例如,资源1与资源4以及资源5对应,资源2与资源6对应,也就是说,资源1、资源4以及资源5具有相同的TCI配置,资源2与资源6具有相同的TCI配置。应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。The n resources A have a one-to-one correspondence with the n resources in the m resources, and any one of the n resources A may correspond to one or more of the m resources. For example, resource 1 corresponds to resource 4 and resource 5, resource 2 corresponds to resource 6, that is, resource 1, resource 4, and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 2 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration. It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
n个资源A与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应,可以是n个资源A中的任意一个资源A所属的资源集与m个资源中的一个或多个资源对应。例如,资源1所属的资源集与资源4以及资源5对应,资源2所属的n个资源集与资源6对应,也就是说,资源1所属的资源集、资源4以及资源5具有相同的TCI配置,资源2所属的资源集与资源6具有相同的TCI配置。应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。There is a one-to-one correspondence between the n resources A and the n resources in the m resources. It may be that the resource set to which any one resource A of the n resources A belongs corresponds to one or more of the m resources. For example, the resource set to which resource 1 belongs corresponds to resource 4 and resource 5, and the n resource sets to which resource 2 belongs corresponds to resource 6, that is, the resource set to which resource 1 belongs, resource 4 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration , The resource set to which resource 2 belongs has the same TCI configuration as resource 6. It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
n个资源A与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应,可以是n个资源A与m个资源中的n个资源的信道一一对应。例如,资源1与资源4的信道对应,资源2与资源6的信道对应,也就是说,资源1与资源4的信道具有相同的TCI配置,资源2与资源6的信道具有相同的TCI配置。应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。There is a one-to-one correspondence between the n resources A and the n resources in the m resources, and the channels of the n resources A and the n resources in the m resources may be in one-to-one correspondence. For example, resource 1 corresponds to the channel of resource 4, and resource 2 corresponds to the channel of resource 6, that is, the channels of resource 1 and resource 4 have the same TCI configuration, and the channels of resource 2 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration. It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
n个资源A与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应,可以是n个资源A所属的n个资源集与m个资源中的n个资源的信道一一对应。例如,资源1所属的资源集与资源4的信道对应,资源2所属的资源集与资源6的信道对应,也就是说,资源1所属的资源集与资源4的信道具有相同的TCI配置,资源2所属的资源集与资源6的信道具有相同的TCI配置。应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。The n resources A correspond to the n resources of the m resources in a one-to-one correspondence, and the n resource sets to which the n resources A belong may correspond to the channels of the n resources in the m resources. For example, the resource set to which resource 1 belongs corresponds to the channel of resource 4, and the resource set to which resource 2 belongs corresponds to the channel of resource 6. That is to say, the resource set to which resource 1 belongs and the channel of resource 4 have the same TCI configuration. The resource set to which 2 belongs and the channel of resource 6 have the same TCI configuration. It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
n个资源A与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应,可以是n个资源A中的任意一个资源A与m个资源中的一个或多个资源的信道对应。例如,资源1与资源4的信道以及资源5的信道对应,资源2与资源6的信道对应,也就是说,资源1、资源4的信道以及资源5的信道具有相同的TCI配置,资源2与资源6的信道具有相同的TCI配置。应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。The n resources A have a one-to-one correspondence with the n resources in the m resources, and any one of the n resources A may correspond to a channel of one or more of the m resources. For example, resource 1 corresponds to the channel of resource 4 and the channel of resource 5, and resource 2 corresponds to the channel of resource 6, that is, the channel of resource 1, resource 4 and the channel of resource 5 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 2 and The channels of resource 6 have the same TCI configuration. It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
n个资源A与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应,可以是n个资源A中的任意一个资源A所属的资源集与m个资源中的一个或多个资源的信道对应。例如,资源1所属的资源集与资源4的信道以及资源5的信道对应,资源2所属的资源集与资源6的信道对应,也就是说,资源1所属的资源集、资源4的信道以及资源5的信道具有相同的TCI配置,资源2所属的资源集与资源6的信道具有相同的TCI配置。应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。There is a one-to-one correspondence between the n resources A and the n resources in the m resources, and the resource set to which any one resource A of the n resources A belongs corresponds to the channel of one or more of the m resources. For example, the resource set to which resource 1 belongs corresponds to the channel of resource 4 and the channel of resource 5, and the resource set to which resource 2 belongs corresponds to the channel of resource 6, that is, the resource set to which resource 1 belongs, the channel and resource of resource 4 Channel 5 has the same TCI configuration, and the resource set to which resource 2 belongs and the channel of resource 6 have the same TCI configuration. It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
应理解,上述举例仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。It should be understood that the foregoing examples are only illustrative descriptions, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
还应理解,资源与资源、或者,资源与信道,可以以任何形式关联,本申请实施例并未限定于此。It should also be understood that resources and resources, or resources and channels, may be associated in any form, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
下面分非周期、周期、半静态分别描述步骤520。以更新TCI信息为更新TCI-state为例进行说明。Step 520 is described below in terms of aperiodic, periodic, and semi-static. Take the update of TCI information to update TCI-state as an example for description.
非周期的测量上报过程Aperiodic measurement report process
对于非周期的测量上报过程,资源集对应一个TCI-state。终端设备更新n个资源A对应的TCI-state,也可以理解为,终端设备更新n个资源A所属的资源集对应的TCI-state。当该第一目标的TCI-state更新时,终端设备更新n个资源A所属的资源集对应的TCI-state, 使得该资源集与第一目标始终具有相同TCI配置。For the aperiodic measurement reporting process, the resource set corresponds to a TCI-state. The terminal device updates the TCI-state corresponding to the n resource A, which can also be understood as that the terminal device updates the TCI-state corresponding to the resource set to which the n resource A belongs. When the TCI-state of the first target is updated, the terminal device updates the TCI-state corresponding to the resource set to which the n resources A belong, so that the resource set and the first target always have the same TCI configuration.
示例性地,如果某个资源集(如n个资源A所属的资源集)与第一目标是关联的(即具有相同TCI配置),当该第一目标的TCI-state发生更新时,终端设备将该资源集的TCI-state更新为第一目标更新后的TCI-state。Exemplarily, if a certain resource set (such as the resource set to which n resources A belong) is associated with the first target (that is, has the same TCI configuration), when the TCI-state of the first target is updated, the terminal device Update the TCI-state of the resource set to the updated TCI-state of the first target.
例如,初始配置时,资源集(如n个资源A所属的资源集)配置的TCI-state与第一目标的TCI-state是相同的,都是TCI-state1。一段时间后,第一目标的TCI-state发生变化,例如第一目标的TCI-state变为TCI-state2,那么终端设备将资源集的TCI-state更新为TCI-state2。如终端设备收到第一目标的TCI-state更新信令后,将资源集的TCI-state更新为TCI-state2。For example, during the initial configuration, the TCI-state configured by the resource set (such as the resource set to which n resources A belong) is the same as the TCI-state of the first target, and both are TCI-state1. After a period of time, the TCI-state of the first target changes. For example, the TCI-state of the first target changes to TCI-state2, and the terminal device updates the TCI-state of the resource set to TCI-state2. For example, after receiving the TCI-state update signaling of the first target, the terminal device updates the TCI-state of the resource set to TCI-state2.
周期的测量上报过程Periodic measurement reporting process
网络设备配置的资源集中的n个资源A(即资源集中的部分或全部资源)配置了TCI-state。该n个资源A与第一目标具有相同TCI配置。当该第一目标的TCI-state更新时,终端设备更新该n个资源A的TCI-state,使得该n个资源A与第一目标始终具有相同TCI配置。The n resources A in the resource set configured by the network device (that is, some or all of the resources in the resource set) are configured with TCI-state. The n resources A have the same TCI configuration as the first target. When the TCI-state of the first target is updated, the terminal device updates the TCI-states of the n resources A, so that the n resources A and the first target always have the same TCI configuration.
示例性地,n个资源A与第一目标是关联的(即具有相同TCI配置),当该第一目标的TCI-state发生更新时,终端设备将该n个资源A的TCI-state更新为第一目标更新后的TCI-state。Exemplarily, n resources A are associated with the first target (that is, they have the same TCI configuration). When the TCI-state of the first target is updated, the terminal device updates the TCI-state of the n resource A to The updated TCI-state of the first target.
例如,n为1。初始配置时,资源A配置的TCI-state与第一目标的TCI-state是相同的,都是TCI-state1。一段时间后,第一目标的TCI-state发生变化,例如第一目标的TCI-state变为TCI-state2,那么终端设备将资源A的TCI-state更新为TCI-state2。如终端设备收到第一目标的TCI-state更新信令后,将资源A的TCI-state更新为TCI-state2。For example, n is 1. During the initial configuration, the TCI-state configured by resource A is the same as the TCI-state of the first target, and both are TCI-state1. After a period of time, the TCI-state of the first target changes. For example, the TCI-state of the first target changes to TCI-state2, and the terminal device updates the TCI-state of resource A to TCI-state2. For example, after receiving the TCI-state update signaling of the first target, the terminal device updates the TCI-state of resource A to TCI-state2.
半静态的测量上报过程与周期的测量上报过程相似,此处不再赘述。The semi-static measurement reporting process is similar to the periodic measurement reporting process, and will not be repeated here.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,如果是非周期的测量上报过程,终端设备更新资源集(即n个资源A所属的资源)的TCI信息;如果是周期的测量上报过程或半静态的测量上报过程,终端设备更新n个资源A的TCI信息。为简洁,下文统一表示为更新n个资源A的TCI信息。It should be understood that in the embodiment of this application, if it is an aperiodic measurement report process, the terminal device updates the TCI information of the resource set (that is, the resource to which n resources A belong); if it is a periodic measurement report process or a semi-static measurement report In the process, the terminal device updates the TCI information of n resource A. For the sake of brevity, the following unified expression is to update the TCI information of n resource A.
可选地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示TCI信息能否被自动更新。Optionally, the network device may send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information can be automatically updated.
换句话说,该指示信息用于指示在第一目标的TCI-state发生更新的情况下,终端设备可以自动更新n个资源A的TCI信息。或者,也可以理解为,该指示信息用于指示资源或资源集支持TCI-state自动更新功能。或者,也可以理解为,该指示信息用于指示n个资源A和第一目标具有对应或关联关系。In other words, the indication information is used to indicate that when the TCI-state of the first target is updated, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of n resources A. Alternatively, it can also be understood that the indication information is used to indicate that the resource or resource set supports the TCI-state automatic update function. Alternatively, it can also be understood that the indication information is used to indicate that the n resources A and the first target have a corresponding or associated relationship.
指示信息至少可以通过以下任意一种实现方式实现。The indication information can be realized by at least one of the following implementation methods.
一种可能的实现方式,可以通过参数来指示。A possible implementation can be indicated by parameters.
示例性地,可以通过一个参数,如该参数可以记为TCIAutoUpdate,来指示资源或资源集是否支持TCI-state自动更新功能。如当该参数被配置成:可以(enabled)、真(true)、是(yes)、或者1等值时,表示资源或资源集支持TCI-state自动更新;当该参数被配置成:不可以(disabled)、假(false)、否(no)、或者0等值时,表示资源或资源集不支持TCI-state自动更新。Exemplarily, a parameter, such as TCIAutoUpdate, can be used to indicate whether the resource or resource set supports the TCI-state automatic update function. For example, when the parameter is configured as: enabled, true, yes, or 1, it means that the resource or resource set supports automatic update of TCI-state; when the parameter is configured as: unavailable When the value is (disabled), false (false), no (no), or 0, it means that the resource or resource set does not support the automatic update of TCI-state.
例如,TCIAutoUpdate可以配置在resource中或者TCIAutoUpdate可以与resource关联,表示该resource的TCI-state是否可以被自动更新。又如,TCIAutoUpdate可以配置在resourceSet中或者TCIAutoUpdate可以与resourceSet关联,表示该resourceSet的TCI-state是否可以被自动更新。又如,TCIAutoUpdate可以配置在resourceConfig中或者TCIAutoUpdate可以与resourceConfig关联,表示该resourceConfig对应的TCI-state是否可以被自动更新。又如,TCIAutoUpdate可以配置在reportConfig中或者TCIAutoUpdate可以与reportConfig关联,表示该reportConfig对应的TCI-state是否可以被自动更新。又如,TCIAutoUpdate可以配置在trigger state中或者TCIAutoUpdate可以与trigger state关联,表示该trigger state对应的TCI-state是否可以被自动更新。又如,TCIAutoUpdate可以与TCI-state关联,表示该TCI-state是否可以被自动更新。For example, TCIAutoUpdate can be configured in the resource or TCIAutoUpdate can be associated with the resource, indicating whether the TCI-state of the resource can be automatically updated. For another example, TCIAutoUpdate can be configured in a resourceSet or TCIAutoUpdate can be associated with a resourceSet, indicating whether the TCI-state of the resourceSet can be automatically updated. For another example, TCIAutoUpdate can be configured in resourceConfig or TCIAutoUpdate can be associated with resourceConfig, indicating whether the TCI-state corresponding to the resourceConfig can be automatically updated. For another example, TCIAutoUpdate can be configured in reportConfig or TCIAutoUpdate can be associated with reportConfig, indicating whether the TCI-state corresponding to the reportConfig can be automatically updated. For another example, TCIAutoUpdate can be configured in the trigger state or TCIAutoUpdate can be associated with the trigger state, indicating whether the TCI-state corresponding to the trigger state can be automatically updated. For another example, TCIAutoUpdate can be associated with TCI-state, indicating whether the TCI-state can be automatically updated.
又一种可能的实现方式,可以通过信令来指示。Another possible implementation manner can be indicated by signaling.
示例性地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送指示信息,指示信息用于指示资源或资源集支持TCI-state自动更新功能。Exemplarily, the network device may send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the resource or resource set supports the TCI-state automatic update function.
应理解,上述两种实现方式仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。It should be understood that the foregoing two implementation manners are only exemplary descriptions, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.
还应理解,方法500可以用于自动更新接收波束扫描的资源的TCI信息,方法500也可以用于自动更新用于发送波束扫描的资源的TCI信息,方法500还可以用于自动更新用于用于信道测量的资源的TCI信息,方法500还可以用于自动更新TRS资源的TCI信息。下文结合图6和图7分别说明。It should also be understood that the method 500 can be used to automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for receiving beam scanning, the method 500 can also be used to automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for sending beam scanning, and the method 500 can also be used to automatically update the TCI information used for the resource. Regarding the TCI information of the channel measured resource, the method 500 can also be used to automatically update the TCI information of the TRS resource. This will be described in conjunction with Figure 6 and Figure 7 respectively.
下面分别以第一目标为物理信道和资源为例,结合图6和图7分别介绍上述两种情况。未详细介绍的可参考方法500的描述。In the following, the first target is the physical channel and the resource as an example, and the above two situations are respectively introduced in conjunction with FIG. 6 and FIG. 7. For details that are not described in detail, reference may be made to the description of the method 500.
首先结合图6,主要以物理信道为PDCCH为例说明。First, with reference to Fig. 6, the physical channel is mainly PDCCH as an example.
图6示出了适用于本申请一实施例的方法600的示意图。方法600可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of a method 600 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. The method 600 may include the following steps.
610,网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置信息。610. The network device sends measurement configuration information to the terminal device.
该测量配置信息中包括n个资源A,该n个资源A与PDCCH具有相同的TCI配置。The measurement configuration information includes n resources A, and the n resources A have the same TCI configuration as the PDCCH.
该测量配置信息可以用于对PDCCH波束进行接收波束扫描,换句话说,该测量配置信息可以用于确定PDCCH波束对应的最佳接收波束。作为示例而非限定,接收波束扫描例如可以是周期的、半静态的、或非周期的。The measurement configuration information can be used to perform receive beam scanning on the PDCCH beam. In other words, the measurement configuration information can be used to determine the best receive beam corresponding to the PDCCH beam. By way of example and not limitation, the receive beam scanning may be periodic, semi-static, or aperiodic, for example.
对于非周期的测量上报过程,可以通过触发状态来触发测量上报过程,且每个触发状态可以关联一个或多个资源集。其中,至少一个资源集与PDCCH具有相同TCI配置。该n个资源A可以属于一个资源集,也就是说,测量配置信息中可以包括一个资源集,该资源集可以包括n个资源A。资源集对应一个TCI-state,也可以理解为该n个资源A对应该TCI-state。For the aperiodic measurement report process, the measurement report process can be triggered by the trigger state, and each trigger state can be associated with one or more resource sets. Among them, at least one resource set has the same TCI configuration as the PDCCH. The n resources A may belong to a resource set, that is, the measurement configuration information may include a resource set, and the resource set may include n resources A. The resource set corresponds to a TCI-state, which can also be understood as the n resources A corresponding to the TCI-state.
可选地,对于非周期的测量上报过程,由于资源集对应一个TCI-state,故n个资源A与PDCCH具有相同的TCI配置的形式可以为,n个资源A所属的资源集与PDCCH关联。Optionally, for the aperiodic measurement reporting process, since the resource set corresponds to one TCI-state, the n resources A and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration in the form that the resource set to which the n resource A belongs is associated with the PDCCH.
其中,资源集与PDCCH具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示该资源集与该PDCCH对应的CORESET具有相同的TCI配置,即该资源集的TCI-state与该CORESET激活的那个TCI-state(如上文所述,每个CORESET可以配置多个TCI-state,一般激活其中一个)是相同的。或者,资源集与PDCCH具有相同的TCI配置,可以表示两者的TCI-state中包括相同的参考信号资源。Among them, the resource set and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration, which can mean that the resource set and the CORESET corresponding to the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration, that is, the TCI-state of the resource set and the TCI-state activated by the CORESET (as described above) As mentioned, each CORESET can be configured with multiple TCI-states, and generally activate one of them) is the same. Alternatively, the resource set and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration, which may indicate that the TCI-states of the two include the same reference signal resource.
关于具有相同的TCI配置可以参考方法500中的描述,此处不再赘述。For having the same TCI configuration, reference may be made to the description in method 500, which will not be repeated here.
对于周期的测量上报过程或者半静态的测量上报过程,资源集内每个资源的TCI-state都是单独配置的。测量配置信息中包括n个资源A,每个资源A对应一个TCI-state,该n个资源A对应的TCI-state可以相同也可以不同。For the periodic measurement report process or the semi-static measurement report process, the TCI-state of each resource in the resource set is individually configured. The measurement configuration information includes n resources A, each resource A corresponds to a TCI-state, and the TCI-states corresponding to the n resource A may be the same or different.
可选地,对于周期的测量上报过程或半静态的测量上报过程,由于资源集中的资源单独配置TCI-state,故n个资源A与PDCCH具有相同的TCI配置的形式可以为,每个资源A与PDCCH具有相同的TCI配置。Optionally, for the periodic measurement reporting process or the semi-static measurement reporting process, since the resources in the resource set are individually configured with TCI-state, the n resources A and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration in the form of, each resource A It has the same TCI configuration as PDCCH.
关于具有相同的TCI配置可以参考方法500中的描述,此处不再赘述。For having the same TCI configuration, reference may be made to the description in method 500, which will not be repeated here.
在PDCCH发生更新的情况下,或者说,PDCCH的TCI-state发生更新的情况下,网络设备向终端设备指示PDCCH更新后的TCI-state。例如,随着终端设备的移动,信道发生变化。应理解,对于PDCCH如何发生更新,本申请实施例不做限定。When the PDCCH is updated, or in other words, when the TCI-state of the PDCCH is updated, the network device indicates to the terminal device the updated TCI-state of the PDCCH. For example, as the terminal device moves, the channel changes. It should be understood that the embodiment of the application does not limit how the PDCCH is updated.
620,网络设备向终端设备发送更新消息。620: The network device sends an update message to the terminal device.
换句话说,网络设备向终端设备发送PDCCH的更新消息,该更新消息用于更新PDCCH的TCI-state。更新PDCCH的TCI-state,也可以理解为,控制资源集激活的TCI-state发生了变化。例如,初始配置时,控制资源集激活的TCI-state为TCI-state1(即初始配置时,PDCCH的TCI-state为TCI-state1),在一段时间后,控制资源集激活的TCI-state变为TCI-state2(即PDCCH的TCI-state变为TCI-state2),那么网络设备可以向终端设备发送更新消息,指示终端设备PDCCH的TCI-state更新为TCI-state2。In other words, the network device sends a PDCCH update message to the terminal device, and the update message is used to update the TCI-state of the PDCCH. Updating the TCI-state of the PDCCH can also be understood as the TCI-state that controls the activation of the resource set has changed. For example, during the initial configuration, the TCI-state that controls the activation of the resource set is TCI-state1 (that is, during the initial configuration, the TCI-state of the PDCCH is TCI-state1). After a period of time, the TCI-state that controls the activation of the resource set becomes TCI-state2 (that is, the TCI-state of the PDCCH becomes TCI-state2), then the network device can send an update message to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to update the TCI-state of the PDCCH to TCI-state2.
可选地,该更新消息可以为MAC CE信令,换句话说,网络设备可以通过MAC CE激活一个TCI-state,或者说,网络设备可以通过MAC CE激活某个控制资源集的一个TCI-state。Optionally, the update message can be MAC CE signaling. In other words, the network device can activate a TCI-state through MAC CE, or in other words, the network device can activate a TCI-state of a certain control resource set through MAC CE. .
当终端设备确定PDCCH的TCI-state发生更新的情况下,终端设备自动更新n个资源A的TCI-state。When the terminal device determines that the TCI-state of the PDCCH is updated, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI-state of n resources A.
630,基于更新消息,终端设备更新n个资源A的TCI信息。630. Based on the update message, the terminal device updates the TCI information of the n resource A.
换句话说,终端设备接收到更新消息后,自动更新n个资源A的TCI信息。或者,也可以理解为,该n个资源A支持TCI-state自动更新功能,即终端设备可以自动更新该n个资源A的TCI信息。终端设备更新n个资源A的TCI信息,以便n个资源A与PDCCH具有相同的TCI配置。In other words, after receiving the update message, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of n resource A. Alternatively, it can also be understood that the n resource A supports the TCI-state automatic update function, that is, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the n resource A. The terminal device updates the TCI information of the n resource A so that the n resource A and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration.
关于自动更新可参考方法500中的描述。For the automatic update, refer to the description in method 500.
更新TCI信息可以表示更新TCI-state,例如,更新资源A的TCI-state,或者,更新资源A所属的资源集的TCI-state。或者,更新TCI信息也可以表示更新TCI-state中的参考资源,例如,更新资源A的TCI-state中的参考资源,或者,更新资源A所属的资源集的TCI-state中的参考资源。更新TCI信息,以便n个资源A与第一目标保持相同的TCI配置。Updating the TCI information may mean updating the TCI-state, for example, updating the TCI-state of the resource A, or updating the TCI-state of the resource set to which the resource A belongs. Alternatively, updating the TCI information may also mean updating the reference resource in the TCI-state, for example, updating the reference resource in the TCI-state of the resource A, or updating the reference resource in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the resource A belongs. Update the TCI information so that the n resources A maintain the same TCI configuration as the first target.
下面分非周期、周期、半静态分别描述步骤630。以更新TCI信息为更新TCI-state为例进行说明。Step 630 is described below in terms of aperiodic, periodic, and semi-static. Take the update of TCI information to update TCI-state as an example for description.
非周期的测量上报过程Aperiodic measurement report process
终端设备更新n个资源A的TCI-state,也可以理解为,终端设备更新n个资源A所属的资源集对应的TCI-state。网络设备配置的资源集中的repetition参数可以配置为“on”, 该资源集与PDCCH具有相同TCI配置,表示该资源集是用于PDCCH波束的接收波束扫描的。当该PDCCH的TCI-state更新时,终端设备更新该资源集的TCI-state,使得该资源集与PDCCH始终具有相同TCI配置。The terminal device updates the TCI-state of the n resource A, which can also be understood as the terminal device updates the TCI-state corresponding to the resource set to which the n resource A belongs. The repetition parameter in the resource set configured by the network device may be configured as "on". The resource set has the same TCI configuration as the PDCCH, indicating that the resource set is used for receiving beam scanning of the PDCCH beam. When the TCI-state of the PDCCH is updated, the terminal device updates the TCI-state of the resource set, so that the resource set and the PDCCH always have the same TCI configuration.
对于非周期的测量上报过程,资源集对应一个TCI-state。根据PDCCH的TCI-state的更新,终端设备更新相应资源集对应的TCI-state,使得该资源集与该PDCCH始终具有相同的TCI配置。具体的,如果资源集(如n个资源A所属的资源集)与PDCCH是关联的(即具有相同TCI配置),当该PDCCH的TCI-state发生更新时,例如通过MAC CE将该PDCCH的TCI-state更新为另一个TCI-state,终端设备将该资源集的TCI-state更新为该TCI-state。For the aperiodic measurement reporting process, the resource set corresponds to a TCI-state. According to the update of the TCI-state of the PDCCH, the terminal device updates the TCI-state corresponding to the corresponding resource set, so that the resource set and the PDCCH always have the same TCI configuration. Specifically, if a resource set (such as the resource set to which n resource A belongs) is associated with the PDCCH (that is, has the same TCI configuration), when the TCI-state of the PDCCH is updated, for example, the TCI of the PDCCH is updated through MAC CE -The state is updated to another TCI-state, and the terminal device updates the TCI-state of the resource set to the TCI-state.
例如,初始配置时,资源集(如n个资源A所属的资源集)配置的TCI-state与控制资源集激活的TCI-state是相同的,都是TCI-state1。一段时间后,控制资源集激活的TCI-state发生变化,例如控制资源集激活的TCI-state变为TCI-state2,那么终端设备收到控制资源集的TCI-state更新信令后,需要将资源集的TCI-state更新为TCI-state2。这样,就能继续采用该资源集进行PDCCH波束的接收波束扫描了。For example, during the initial configuration, the TCI-state configured by the resource set (such as the resource set to which n resources A belong) is the same as the TCI-state that controls the activation of the resource set, and both are TCI-state1. After a period of time, the TCI-state activated by the control resource set changes. For example, the TCI-state activated by the control resource set changes to TCI-state2. After receiving the TCI-state update signaling of the control resource set, the terminal device needs to change the resource The TCI-state of the episode is updated to TCI-state2. In this way, the resource set can continue to be used for receiving beam scanning of the PDCCH beam.
周期的测量上报过程Periodic measurement reporting process
网络设备配置的资源集中的一个或多个repetition参数可以配置为“on”,其中资源集中的n个资源A(即资源集中的部分或全部资源)配置了TCI-state。该n个资源A与PDCCH具有相同TCI配置,表示该资源集可以用于PDCCH波束的接收波束扫描的。当该PDCCH的TCI-state更新时,终端设备更新该n个资源A的TCI-state,使得该n个资源A与PDCCH始终具有相同TCI配置。One or more repetition parameters in the resource set configured by the network device may be configured as "on", where n resources A (that is, some or all of the resources in the resource set) are configured with TCI-state. The n resources A and the PDCCH have the same TCI configuration, which means that the resource set can be used for receiving beam scanning of the PDCCH beam. When the TCI-state of the PDCCH is updated, the terminal device updates the TCI-states of the n resources A, so that the n resources A and the PDCCH always have the same TCI configuration.
根据PDCCH的TCI-state的更新,终端设备更新相应资源A对应的TCI-state,使得该资源A始终与该PDCCH具有相同的TCI配置。具体的,如果某个资源与PDCCH是关联的(即具有相同TCI配置),当该PDCCH的TCI-state发生更新时,例如通过MAC CE将该PDCCH的TCI-state更新为另一个TCI-state,终端设备将该资源的TCI-state更新为该TCI-state。According to the update of the TCI-state of the PDCCH, the terminal device updates the TCI-state corresponding to the resource A, so that the resource A always has the same TCI configuration as the PDCCH. Specifically, if a certain resource is associated with a PDCCH (that is, it has the same TCI configuration), when the TCI-state of the PDCCH is updated, for example, the TCI-state of the PDCCH is updated to another TCI-state through MAC CE, The terminal device updates the TCI-state of the resource to the TCI-state.
例如,假设n为1,初始配置时,资源A配置的TCI-state与控制资源集激活的TCI-state是相同的,都是TCI-state1。一段时间后,控制资源集激活的TCI-state发生变化,例如控制资源集激活的TCI-state变为TCI-state2,那么终端设备收到控制资源集的TCI-state更新信令后,需要将资源A的TCI-state更新为TCI-state2。这样,就能继续采用该资源A进行PDCCH波束的接收波束扫描了。For example, assuming that n is 1, during initial configuration, the TCI-state configured by resource A and the TCI-state activated by the control resource set are the same, and both are TCI-state1. After a period of time, the TCI-state activated by the control resource set changes. For example, the TCI-state activated by the control resource set changes to TCI-state2. After receiving the TCI-state update signaling of the control resource set, the terminal device needs to change the resource The TCI-state of A is updated to TCI-state2. In this way, the resource A can continue to be used for receiving beam scanning of the PDCCH beam.
半静态的测量上报过程与周期的测量上报过程相似,此处不再赘述。The semi-static measurement reporting process is similar to the periodic measurement reporting process, and will not be repeated here.
应理解,在步骤630中,如果是非周期的测量上报过程,终端设备更新资源集(即n个资源A所属的资源)的TCI信息;如果是周期的测量上报过程或半静态的测量上报过程,终端设备更新n个资源A的TCI信息。为简洁,下文统一表示为更新n个资源A的TCI信息。It should be understood that, in step 630, if it is a non-periodic measurement report process, the terminal device updates the TCI information of the resource set (that is, the resource to which n resources A belong); if it is a periodic measurement report process or a semi-static measurement report process, The terminal device updates the TCI information of n resources A. For the sake of brevity, the following unified expression is to update the TCI information of n resource A.
可选地,n个资源A更新TCI信息后的TCI-state的生效时间与PDCCH更新后的TCI-state的生效时间一致。例如,终端设备接收到更新消息后,可以在预设时长后再自动更新n个资源A对应的TCI-state。Optionally, the effective time of the TCI-state after the TCI information of the n resources A is updated is consistent with the effective time of the TCI-state after the PDCCH is updated. For example, after receiving the update message, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI-states corresponding to n resources A after a preset period of time.
网络设备通过MAC CE激活控制资源集的TCI-state需要一定的生效时间,即从终端 设备收到MAC-CE起要间隔一段时间新的TCI-state才生效。因此,相应的资源(即n个资源A)或资源集(即n个资源A所属的资源集)的TCI-state的更新要与控制资源集的TCI-state的激活在时间上是一致的。也就是说,终端设备等到控制资源集的TCI-state激活生效后,再更新n个资源A的TCI-state。It takes a certain time for network equipment to activate the TCI-state of the control resource set through the MAC CE, that is, it takes a period of time for the new TCI-state to take effect after the terminal device receives the MAC-CE. Therefore, the update of the TCI-state of the corresponding resource (that is, the n resource A) or the resource set (that is, the resource set to which the n resource A belongs) should be time consistent with the activation of the TCI-state of the control resource set. That is, the terminal device waits until the TCI-state of the control resource set is activated and takes effect, and then updates the TCI-state of n resource A.
其中,该预设时长可以是预先设置的,如网络设备预先设置或者协议预先规定;或者,也可以是网络设备配置的预设时长并通知给终端设备,如根据历史通信情况确定的时长等。Wherein, the preset duration may be preset, such as preset by the network device or stipulated in the protocol; or, it may also be a preset duration configured by the network device and notified to the terminal device, such as a duration determined based on historical communication conditions.
可选地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示资源(即n个资源A)或资源集(即n个资源A所属的资源集)支持TCI-state自动更新功能。具体的可以参考方法500的描述,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the network device may send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate that the resource (that is, the n resource A) or the resource set (that is, the resource set to which the n resource A belongs) supports the TCI-state automatic update function. For details, please refer to the description of method 500, which will not be repeated here.
应理解,方法600以物理信道为PDCCH为例进行了示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此,例如上述PDCCH可以替换为PDSCH、PUSCH、或PUCCH。It should be understood that the method 600 is illustrated by taking the physical channel as the PDCCH as an example, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the above-mentioned PDCCH may be replaced with PDSCH, PUSCH, or PUCCH.
例如,当物理信道为PDSCH时,网络设备可以通过RRC信令为终端设备配置多个TCI-state,然后通过如MAC CE信令激活其中部分TCI-state,最后在数据传输时通过DCI指示部分TCI-state中的一个或多个。当PDSCH的TCI-state发生变化时,网络设备可以通过DCI指示更新后的一个或多个TCI-state,或者,网络设备可以通过MAC CE激活更新后的一个或多个TCI-state。终端设备接收到DCI或MAC CE后,更新资源(即n个资源A)或资源集(即n个资源A所属的资源集)的TCI信息,使得更新后的TCI-state与PDSCH更新后的一个或多个TCI-state相同,也就是说,使得资源或资源集与PDSCH保持相同的TCI配置。For example, when the physical channel is PDSCH, the network device can configure multiple TCI-states for the terminal device through RRC signaling, and then activate some of the TCI-states through MAC CE signaling, and finally indicate part of the TCI-state through DCI during data transmission. -One or more of the state. When the TCI-state of the PDSCH changes, the network device can indicate one or more updated TCI-states through DCI, or the network device can activate one or more updated TCI-states through MAC CE. After receiving the DCI or MAC CE, the terminal device updates the TCI information of the resource (that is, n resource A) or the resource set (that is, the resource set to which the n resource A belongs), so that the updated TCI-state and the PDSCH are updated. Or multiple TCI-states are the same, that is, the resource or resource set maintains the same TCI configuration as the PDSCH.
又如,当物理信道为PUCCH时,网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个资源,该一个或多个资源与PUCCH关联。当PUCCH的TCI-state或空间关系发生变化时,终端设备自动更新该一个或多个资源的TCI-state或空间关系,使得该一个或多个资源与所关联的PUCCH始终具有相同的TCI配置。或者,网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个资源集,该一个或多个资源集与PUCCH关联。当PUCCH的TCI-state或空间关系发生变化时,终端设备自动更新该一个或多个资源集的TCI-state或空间关系,使得该一个或多个资源集与所关联的PUCCH始终具有相同的TCI配置。For another example, when the physical channel is the PUCCH, the network device may configure one or more resources for the terminal device, and the one or more resources are associated with the PUCCH. When the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the PUCCH changes, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the one or more resources, so that the one or more resources and the associated PUCCH always have the same TCI configuration. Alternatively, the network device may configure one or more resource sets for the terminal device, and the one or more resource sets are associated with the PUCCH. When the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the PUCCH changes, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the one or more resource sets, so that the one or more resource sets and the associated PUCCH always have the same TCI Configuration.
又如,当物理信道为PUSCH时,网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个资源,该一个或多个资源与PUSCH关联。当PUSCH的TCI-state或空间关系发生变化时,终端设备自动更新该一个或多个资源的TCI-state或空间关系,使得该一个或多个资源与所关联的PUSCH始终具有相同的TCI配置。或者,网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个资源集,该一个或多个资源集与PUSCH关联。当PUSCH的TCI-state或空间关系发生变化时,终端设备自动更新该一个或多个资源集的TCI-state或空间关系,使得该一个或多个资源集与所关联的PUSCH始终具有相同的TCI配置。For another example, when the physical channel is the PUSCH, the network device may configure one or more resources for the terminal device, and the one or more resources are associated with the PUSCH. When the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the PUSCH changes, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the one or more resources, so that the one or more resources and the associated PUSCH always have the same TCI configuration. Alternatively, the network device may configure one or more resource sets for the terminal device, and the one or more resource sets are associated with the PUSCH. When the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the PUSCH changes, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI-state or spatial relationship of the one or more resource sets, so that the one or more resource sets and the associated PUSCH always have the same TCI Configuration.
应理解,方法600以终端设备自动更新用于接收波束扫描的资源(即n个资源A)的TCI信息为例进行了说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此,例如,方法600也可以用于自动更新用于发送波束扫描的资源(即n个资源A)的TCI-state。It should be understood that the method 600 is described by taking the terminal device automatically updating the TCI information of the resources used for receiving beam scanning (ie, n resources A) as an example, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this. For example, the method 600 may also be used To automatically update the TCI-state of the resources (ie n resources A) used to transmit beam scanning.
例如,网络设备可以配置一个资源集,该资源集可以用于测量第一目标(如PDCCH波束、PDSCH波束、或上一次上报的最佳发送波束等等)和/或其周围的若干个波束的质 量,当该第一目标发生变化时,终端设备自动更新该资源集的TCI信息,以便该资源集与第一目标保持相同的TCI配置,使得该资源集可以继续用于测量更新后的第一目标和/或该新更新后的第一目标周围的若干个波束的质量。For example, the network device can configure a resource set, which can be used to measure the first target (such as the PDCCH beam, the PDSCH beam, or the best transmission beam reported last time, etc.) and/or several beams around it. Quality. When the first target changes, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of the resource set, so that the resource set and the first target maintain the same TCI configuration, so that the resource set can continue to be used to measure the updated first target. The quality of several beams around the target and/or the newly updated first target.
应理解,方法600中未详细描述的内容可参考方法500的描述,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that, for content that is not described in detail in the method 600, reference may be made to the description of the method 500, which will not be repeated here.
通过上述技术方案,终端设备可以自动更新用于接收波束扫描的资源或资源集的TCI信息,或者,终端设备可以自动更新用于发送波束扫描的资源或资源集的TCI信息,从而可以避免频繁的RRC重配置,可以降低信令开销,提高数据通信性能。Through the above technical solution, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource or resource set used for receiving beam scanning, or the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource or resource set used for sending beam scanning, thereby avoiding frequent RRC reconfiguration can reduce signaling overhead and improve data communication performance.
上面结合图6介绍了第一目标为物理信道的情况,下面结合图7介绍第一目标为资源的情况。The case where the first target is a physical channel is described above with reference to FIG. 6, and the case where the first target is a resource is described below with reference to FIG. 7.
下面结合图7,主要以资源为波束管理上报的资源为例说明。In the following, in conjunction with FIG. 7, the resource is mainly used as an example of the resource reported by beam management.
图7示出了适用于本申请又一实施例的方法700的示意图。方法700可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a method 700 applicable to another embodiment of the present application. The method 700 may include the following steps.
710,网络设备向终端设备发送测量配置信息。710. The network device sends measurement configuration information to the terminal device.
该测量配置信息可以用于测量出m个最佳发送波束以及该m个最佳发送波束的最佳接收波束。其中,m为大于1或等于1的整数,且m大于或等于n。The measurement configuration information can be used to measure the m best transmission beams and the best reception beams of the m best transmission beams. Wherein, m is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and m is greater than or equal to n.
测量配置信息中包括一个用于发送波束扫描的资源集,为区分记为资源集1,该资源集1中的repetition参数配置为“off”,表示该资源集1用于确定m个最佳发送波束。The measurement configuration information includes a resource set for sending beam scanning, which is marked as resource set 1 for distinction. The repetition parameter in this resource set 1 is configured as "off", which means that the resource set 1 is used to determine m best transmissions. Beam.
测量配置信息中也可以包括n个用于接收波束扫描的资源集,为区分记为资源集2,该资源集2中的repetition参数配置为“on”,表示该资源集2用于确定上述m个发送波束(即上述m个最佳发送波束)的最佳接收波束,换句话说,该n个资源集2用于确定上述m个发送波束的最佳接收波束。The measurement configuration information may also include n resource sets for receiving beam scanning, which are marked as resource set 2 for distinguishing. The repetition parameter in this resource set 2 is configured as "on", indicating that the resource set 2 is used to determine the m The best receiving beams of the m transmission beams (that is, the above m best transmission beams), in other words, the n resource sets 2 are used to determine the best reception beams of the m transmission beams.
应理解,上述资源集1和资源集2可以携带于一个测量配置信息中,也可以携带于不同的测量配置信息中。对此不做限定。It should be understood that the foregoing resource set 1 and resource set 2 may be carried in one measurement configuration information, or may be carried in different measurement configuration information. There is no restriction on this.
终端设备可以基于测量配置信息确定m个发送波束,如通过发送波束扫描确定m个发送波束,并将m个发送波束的信息上报给网络设备。如终端设备将m个发送波束对应的资源(即m个资源)上报给网络设备。The terminal device may determine m transmission beams based on the measurement configuration information, for example, determine m transmission beams by scanning the transmission beam, and report the information of the m transmission beams to the network device. For example, the terminal device reports the resources corresponding to m transmission beams (ie, m resources) to the network device.
终端设备如何确定上报的m个资源,对此,本申请实施例不做限定。例如,终端设备基于测量配置信息,测量网络设备配置的资源,对各资源(即资源对应的波束)的参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)进行测量,然后选择m个RSRP最大的资源,将该m个资源上报给网络设备。又如,终端设备还可以基于信号与干扰加噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)确定m个资源。How the terminal device determines the reported m resources is not limited in this embodiment of the application. For example, the terminal device measures the resources configured by the network device based on the measurement configuration information, measures the reference signal receiving power (RSRP) of each resource (that is, the beam corresponding to the resource), and then selects m resources with the largest RSRP , Report the m resources to the network device. For another example, the terminal device may also determine m resources based on the signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR).
可选地,方法700还可以包括步骤720。Optionally, the method 700 may further include step 720.
720,终端设备向网络设备上报测量结果。720: The terminal device reports the measurement result to the network device.
终端设备通过测量确定m个最佳的发送波束,并向网络设备发送该m个最佳的发送波束的信息。m个波束的信息例如可以包括m个发送波束对应的资源,即m个资源的索引。m个波束的信息例如还可以包括该m个资源对应的RSRP。可以理解为,在步骤720中,终端设备可以向网络设备上报m个资源的信息。The terminal device determines the m best transmission beams through measurement, and sends the information of the m best transmission beams to the network device. The information of m beams may include, for example, resources corresponding to m transmission beams, that is, indexes of m resources. The information of the m beams may further include the RSRP corresponding to the m resources, for example. It can be understood that, in step 720, the terminal device may report information about m resources to the network device.
示例性地,m个资源中的n个资源与测量配置信息中的n个资源集2一一对应,分别具有相同的TCI配置,换句话说,每个资源关联一个资源集2。Exemplarily, n resources among the m resources correspond to the n resource sets 2 in the measurement configuration information, and respectively have the same TCI configuration. In other words, each resource is associated with one resource set 2.
例如,m个资源中的n个资源包括资源1、资源2、资源3、资源4,n个资源集2包括资源集21、资源集22、资源集23、资源集24,资源1关联资源集21、资源2关联资源集22、资源3关联资源集23、资源4关联资源集24。那么,可以通过资源集21来确定资源1对应的发送波束的最佳接收波束,或者,通过资源集21中的部分或全部资源来确定资源1对应的发送波束的最佳接收波束;可以通过资源集22来确定资源2对应的发送波束的最佳接收波束,或者,通过资源集22中的部分或全部资源来确定资源2对应的发送波束的最佳接收波束;可以通过资源集23来确定资源3对应的发送波束的最佳接收波束,或者,通过资源集23中的部分或全部资源来确定资源3对应的发送波束的最佳接收波束;可以通过资源集24来确定资源4对应的发送波束的最佳接收波束,或者,通过资源集24中的部分或全部资源来确定资源4对应的发送波束的最佳接收波束。For example, n resources in m resources include resource 1, resource 2, resource 3, resource 4, and n resource set 2 includes resource set 21, resource set 22, resource set 23, resource set 24, and resource 1 is associated with resource set 21. Resource 2 is related to resource set 22, Resource 3 is related to resource set 23, and Resource 4 is related to resource set 24. Then, the resource set 21 can be used to determine the best receiving beam of the transmission beam corresponding to resource 1, or some or all of the resources in the resource set 21 can be used to determine the best receiving beam of the transmission beam corresponding to resource 1; Set 22 to determine the best receive beam of the transmit beam corresponding to resource 2, or use some or all of the resources in resource set 22 to determine the best receive beam of the transmit beam corresponding to resource 2; resource set 23 can be used to determine the resource 3 The best receiving beam corresponding to the sending beam, or the best receiving beam of the sending beam corresponding to resource 3 is determined by some or all of the resources in the resource set 23; the sending beam corresponding to resource 4 can be determined through the resource set 24 Or, the best receiving beam of the sending beam corresponding to resource 4 is determined by using some or all of the resources in the resource set 24.
示例性地,m个资源中的n个资源与测量配置信息中的n个资源A具有相同的TCI配置,换句话说,每个资源关联一个资源A。Exemplarily, n resources among the m resources have the same TCI configuration as the n resources A in the measurement configuration information. In other words, each resource is associated with one resource A.
例如,m个资源中的n个资源包括资源1、资源2、以及资源3,n个资源A包括资源4、资源5、以及资源6,资源1关联资源4、资源2关联资源5、资源3关联资源6。也就是说,资源1与资源4具有相同的TCI配置,资源2与资源5具有相同的TCI配置,资源3与资源6具有相同的TCI配置。那么,可以通过资源4来确定资源1对应的发送波束的最佳接收波束,可以通过资源5来确定资源2对应的发送波束的最佳接收波束,可以通过资源6来确定资源3对应的发送波束的最佳接收波束。For example, n resources in m resources include resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3. n resources A include resource 4, resource 5, and resource 6, and resource 1 is associated with resource 4, resource 2 is associated with resource 5, and resource 3. Associated resources 6. That is, resource 1 and resource 4 have the same TCI configuration, resource 2 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration, and resource 3 and resource 6 have the same TCI configuration. Then, resource 4 can be used to determine the best receiving beam of the transmission beam corresponding to resource 1, and resource 5 can be used to determine the best receiving beam of resource 2’s transmission beam, and resource 6 can be used to determine the transmission beam corresponding to resource 3. The best receiving beam.
关于相同的TCI配置可以参考方法500中的描述,此处不再赘述。For the same TCI configuration, reference may be made to the description in method 500, which will not be repeated here.
应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此,例如也可以是m个资源与n个资源A具有相同的TCI配置。在该情况下,每个资源A可以对应m个资源中的一个或多个资源。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. For example, it is also possible that m resources and n resources A have the same TCI configuration. In this case, each resource A can correspond to one or more of the m resources.
例如,m个资源中的n个资源包括资源1、资源2、以及资源3,n个资源A包括资源4和资源5,资源4关联资源1和资源2、资源5关联资源3。也就是说,资源4与资源1、资源2具有相同的TCI配置,资源5与资源3具有相同的TCI配置。那么,可以通过资源4来确定资源1和资源2对应的发送波束的最佳接收波束,可以通过资源5来确定资源3对应的发送波束的最佳接收波束。For example, among the m resources, n resources include resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3. The n resources A include resource 4 and resource 5, and resource 4 is associated with resource 1 and resource 2, and resource 5 is associated with resource 3. That is, resource 4 has the same TCI configuration as resource 1 and resource 2, and resource 5 and resource 3 have the same TCI configuration. Then, the resource 4 can be used to determine the best receiving beam of the transmission beam corresponding to the resource 1 and the resource 2, and the resource 5 can be used to determine the best receiving beam of the transmission beam corresponding to the resource 3.
关于m个资源与n个资源A的多种对应关系,可以参考方法500中的描述,此处不再赘述。Regarding the various correspondences between m resources and n resources A, reference may be made to the description in method 500, which will not be repeated here.
730,基于本次上报的m个资源和上一次上报的m个资源是否相同,终端设备确定是否更新n个资源A的TCI信息。730. Based on whether the m resources reported this time and the m resources reported last time are the same, the terminal device determines whether to update the TCI information of the n resources A.
换句话说,基于本次上报的m个资源和上一次上报的m个资源是否相同,终端设备确定是否更新n个资源集2或n个资源集2中的资源的TCI信息。In other words, based on whether the m resources reported this time are the same as the m resources reported last time, the terminal device determines whether to update the TCI information of the n resource sets 2 or the resources in the n resource sets 2.
m个资源是否相同,可以表示m个资源的索引是否相同。m个资源发生更新,可以表示,m个资源的索引发生改变。例如,本次上报的资源包括资源1和资源3,上一次上报的资源包括资源1和资源2,那么,可以看出终端设备上报的资源发生了变化。Whether the m resources are the same can indicate whether the indexes of the m resources are the same. The update of m resources can indicate that the index of the m resources has changed. For example, if the resources reported this time include resource 1 and resource 3, and the resources reported last time include resource 1 and resource 2, then it can be seen that the resources reported by the terminal device have changed.
应理解,在步骤730中,如果是非周期的测量上报过程,终端设备更新资源集(即n个资源集2)的TCI信息;如果是周期的测量上报过程或半静态的测量上报过程,终端设备更新n个资源A(即n个资源集2中的资源)的TCI信息。为简洁,下文统一表示为更 新n个资源A的TCI信息。It should be understood that in step 730, if it is a non-periodic measurement reporting process, the terminal device updates the TCI information of the resource set (ie n resource sets 2); if it is a periodic measurement reporting process or a semi-static measurement reporting process, the terminal device Update the TCI information of n resources A (that is, resources in n resource set 2). For the sake of brevity, the following is uniformly expressed as updating the TCI information of n resource A.
更新TCI信息,可以表示更新TCI-state,或者,也可以表示更新TCI-state中的参考资源。更新TCI信息,以便n个资源A与第一目标保持相同的TCI配置。Updating the TCI information can mean updating the TCI-state, or it can mean updating the reference resource in the TCI-state. Update the TCI information so that the n resources A maintain the same TCI configuration as the first target.
当本次上报的m个资源与上一次上报的m个资源相同时,终端设备不更新n个资源A的TCI信息,本次上报的m个资源与上一次上报的m个资源不同时(至少一个资源不同),终端设备更新n个资源A的TCI信息。或者,也可以理解为,终端设备可以自动更新n个资源A的TCI信息,以便使得该n个资源A与m个资源保持相同的TCI配置。When the m resources reported this time are the same as the m resources reported last time, the terminal device does not update the TCI information of the n resource A. When the m resources reported this time are different from the m resources reported last time (at least One resource is different), the terminal device updates the TCI information of n resource A. Alternatively, it can also be understood that the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the n resources A, so that the n resources A and the m resources maintain the same TCI configuration.
例如,m等于2。假设终端设备本次上报的资源包括资源1和资源3,上一次上报的资源包括资源1和资源2,那么可以看出终端设备上报的资源发生了变化。在该情况下,终端设备需要更新与资源2关联的资源A或资源2关联的资源集的TCI信息,这样才可以采用该资源A或资源A所属的资源集集进行资源3的接收波束扫描。For example, m is equal to 2. Assuming that the resources reported by the terminal device this time include resource 1 and resource 3, and the resources reported last time include resource 1 and resource 2, then it can be seen that the resources reported by the terminal device have changed. In this case, the terminal device needs to update the TCI information of the resource A associated with the resource 2 or the resource set associated with the resource 2, so that the resource A or the resource set to which the resource A belongs can be used to perform the receive beam scanning of the resource 3.
假设资源2关联的资源集为资源集22,终端设备可以更新资源集22的TCI信息。Assuming that the resource set associated with resource 2 is resource set 22, the terminal device can update the TCI information of resource set 22.
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备可以将该资源集22的TCI-state改为资源3的TCI-state。又一种可能的实现方式,终端设备可以将该资源集22的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源修改为资源3的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源。又一种可能的实现方式,终端设备可以将该资源集22的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源修改为资源3,如将该资源集22的TCI-state中的typeD的QCL-info中的参考信号资源修改为资源3等等。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device can change the TCI-state of the resource set 22 to the TCI-state of the resource 3. In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device may modify the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of the resource set 22 to the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of resource 3. In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device may modify the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of the resource set 22 to resource 3, for example, the QCL-info of typeD in the TCI-state of the resource set 22 The reference signal resource is modified to resource 3 and so on.
可选地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示TCI信息能否被自动更新。具体的可参考方法500中的描述,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the network device may send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information can be automatically updated. For details, please refer to the description in the method 500, which will not be repeated here.
基于上述技术方案,当终端设备的基于测量结果上报的资源发生改变的情况下,终端设备可以自动更新用于波束扫描的资源的TCI信息,以便使得波束管理上报的资源与用于波束扫描的资源始终具有相同的TCI配置,从而可以避免频繁的RRC重配,降低资源的浪费和信令开销,提高数据的传输性能。Based on the above technical solution, when the resource reported by the terminal device based on the measurement result changes, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for beam scanning, so that the resource reported by the beam management is the same as the resource used for beam scanning. Always have the same TCI configuration, which can avoid frequent RRC reconfiguration, reduce resource waste and signaling overhead, and improve data transmission performance.
上文主要以n个资源A为用于波束扫描的资源为例进行了说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。可选地,该n个资源A也可以为用于信道测量的资源。也就是说,终端设备可以根据波束管理上报的资源有无改变,自动更新用于信道测量的资源的TCI信息。下面简单介绍,详细的可参考上述方法500和方法700的描述。The above description mainly takes n resources A as resources used for beam scanning as an example, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. Optionally, the n resources A may also be resources used for channel measurement. In other words, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement according to whether the resource reported by the beam management has changed. The following is a brief introduction, and for details, please refer to the description of the above method 500 and method 700.
信道测量是指测量某个资源对应的信道信息,如信道质量指示(channel quality indicatnion,CQI)等。终端设备通过波束测量结果上报m个资源后,在采用该m个资源进行传输之前,网络设备可以配置一个或多个资源分别测量m个资源中的一个或多个资源的信道信息。Channel measurement refers to measuring channel information corresponding to a certain resource, such as channel quality indicator (CQI) and so on. After the terminal device reports the m resources through the beam measurement results, the network device may configure one or more resources to measure channel information of one or more of the m resources before using the m resources for transmission.
当终端设备上报的资源发生变化时,基于本申请实施例,网络设备不需要重新配置用于信道测量的资源的TCI信息。也就是说,当终端设备上报的资源发生变化时,终端设备可以基于上述方式自动更新用于信道测量的资源的TCI信息。When the resource reported by the terminal device changes, based on the embodiment of the present application, the network device does not need to reconfigure the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement. In other words, when the resource reported by the terminal device changes, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement based on the foregoing method.
示例性地,网络设备可以配置n个资源A,该n个资源A用于测量终端设备在波束管理阶段(即通过测量RSRP或SINR等)上报的m个资源的信道信息,且n等于m。Exemplarily, the network device may configure n resources A, and the n resources A are used to measure the channel information of the m resources reported by the terminal device in the beam management phase (ie, by measuring RSRP or SINR, etc.), and n is equal to m.
每个用于信道测量的资源A与上报的m个资源中的一个资源对应,具有相同的TCI配置。例如,n个资源A包括资源1、资源2、以及资源3;m个资源包括资源4、资源5、以及资源6。那么资源1与资源4对应,即资源1与资源4具有相同的TCI配置;资源2 与资源5对应,即资源2与资源5具有相同的TCI配置;资源3与资源6对应,即资源3与资源6具有相同的TCI配置。Each resource A used for channel measurement corresponds to one of the reported m resources and has the same TCI configuration. For example, n resources A include resource 1, resource 2, and resource 3; m resources include resource 4, resource 5, and resource 6. Then resource 1 corresponds to resource 4, that is, resource 1 and resource 4 have the same TCI configuration; resource 2 corresponds to resource 5, that is, resource 2 and resource 5 have the same TCI configuration; resource 3 corresponds to resource 6, that is, resource 3 and Resource 6 has the same TCI configuration.
当某次测量上报的m个资源与前一次测量上报的m个资源不相同时(部分不同或全部不同),终端设备可以自动更新对应的信道测量的资源A的TCI信息,即终端设备可以假设用于信道测量的资源A与其对应的资源始终具有相同的TCI配置。When the m resources reported in a certain measurement are different from the m resources reported in the previous measurement (partially different or all different), the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the corresponding channel measurement resource A, that is, the terminal device can assume The resource A used for channel measurement and its corresponding resource always have the same TCI configuration.
例如,终端设备在波束管理阶段(即通过测量RSRP或SINR等)共上报4个资源。假设本次上报的资源为:资源1、资源2、资源3、以及资源4,上一次上报的资源为:资源1、资源5、资源3、资源4。可以看出,第二个资源与前一次上报的第二个资源不相同时,那么终端设备自动更新第二个资源对应的信道测量的资源的TCI信息,即更新资源5关联的用于信道测量的资源A的TCI信息,使得资源5关联的用于信道测量的资源A与当前上报的第二个资源(即资源2)具有相同的TCI配置。For example, the terminal device reports a total of 4 resources in the beam management phase (that is, by measuring RSRP or SINR, etc.). Suppose the resources reported this time are: resource 1, resource 2, resource 3, and resource 4. The resources reported last time are: resource 1, resource 5, resource 3, and resource 4. It can be seen that when the second resource is not the same as the second resource reported last time, the terminal device automatically updates the TCI information of the channel measurement resource corresponding to the second resource, that is, update resource 5 associated for channel measurement The TCI information of resource A makes the resource A associated with resource 5 for channel measurement and the second resource currently reported (ie resource 2) have the same TCI configuration.
示例性地,网络设备可以配置n个资源A,该n个资源A用于测量终端设备在波束管理阶段(即通过测量RSRP或SINR等)上报的m个资源中的部分资源的信道信息,且n小于m。Exemplarily, the network device may configure n resources A, and the n resources A are used to measure the channel information of some of the m resources reported by the terminal device in the beam management phase (ie by measuring RSRP or SINR, etc.), and n is less than m.
例如,n为1,即网络设备可以配置一个资源A,该资源A可以用来测量上报的m个资源中第一资源的信道信息。该第一资源可以为m个资源中最好的资源,或者,该第一资源也可以为m个资源中的第一个资源,或者,该第一资源也可以为m个资源中的最后一个资源,或者,该第一资源也可以为m个资源中的任意一个资源。For example, n is 1, that is, the network device can configure a resource A, and the resource A can be used to measure the channel information of the first resource among the reported m resources. The first resource may be the best resource among m resources, or the first resource may also be the first resource among m resources, or the first resource may also be the last resource among m resources Resource, or, the first resource may also be any one of the m resources.
又如,网络设备也可以配置部分资源A(少于n个),来对上报的m个资源中的部分资源进行信道测量。当上报的m个资源中这部分资源的索引发生变化时,终端设备可以自动更新这部分资源对应的信道测量的资源A的TCI信息,使得这部分信道测量的资源A与上述上报的部分资源具有相同TCI配置。例如,终端设备在波束管理阶段上报4个资源,网络设备配置1个资源A,用于对上报的4个资源中的第一资源进行信道测量,该资源A关联第一资源。当某次测量上报的第一资源与前一次测量上报的第一资源不相同时,如最好的那个资源的索引发生变化时,终端设备可以自动更新资源A的TCI信息,使得资源A与当前上报的第一资源具有相同的TCI配置,即终端设备可以假设资源A总是与上报的第一资源具有相同的TCI配置。For another example, the network device may also configure part of resources A (less than n) to perform channel measurement on part of the reported m resources. When the index of this part of the reported m resources changes, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource A of the channel measurement corresponding to this part of the resource, so that the resource A of this part of the channel measurement and the above reported part of the resource have The same TCI configuration. For example, the terminal device reports 4 resources in the beam management phase, and the network device configures 1 resource A for channel measurement on the first resource among the reported 4 resources, and the resource A is associated with the first resource. When the first resource reported in a measurement is different from the first resource reported in the previous measurement, for example, when the index of the best resource changes, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of resource A so that resource A is the same as the current one. The reported first resource has the same TCI configuration, that is, the terminal device can assume that resource A always has the same TCI configuration as the reported first resource.
可选地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示在波束管理上报的资源的TCI-state发生更新的情况下,终端设备更新用于信道测量的资源的TCI信息。Optionally, the network device may send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate that the terminal device updates the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement when the TCI-state of the resource reported by the beam management is updated.
应理解,上述第一资源可以替换为“最好的那个资源”,或者,也可以替换成“第一个资源”,或者,也可以替换成“最后一个资源”,或者,也可以替换为“任意一个资源”。It should be understood that the above-mentioned first resource can be replaced with "the best resource", or it can be replaced with the "first resource", or it can be replaced with the "last resource", or it can be replaced with " Any resource".
还应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此,任何可以使得终端设备自动更新用于信道测量的资源的TCI信息的方式都落入本申请实施例的保护范围。It should also be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and any manner that enables the terminal device to automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement falls within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present application.
基于上述技术方案,当终端设备的基于测量结果上报的资源发生改变的情况下,终端设备可以自动更新用于信道测量的资源的TCI信息,以便使得波束管理上报的资源与用于信道测量的资源始终具有相同的TCI配置,从而可以避免频繁的RRC重配,降低资源的浪费和信令开销,提高数据的传输性能。Based on the above technical solution, when the resource reported by the terminal device based on the measurement result changes, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the resource used for channel measurement, so that the resource reported by the beam management is the same as the resource used for channel measurement. Always have the same TCI configuration, which can avoid frequent RRC reconfiguration, reduce resource waste and signaling overhead, and improve data transmission performance.
上文主要以资源为波束管理上报的资源为例进行了说明,本申请实施例并未限定于 此。可选地,资源也可以为数据传输所参考的资源,资源A可以为TRS资源,也就是说,终端设备可以根据数据传输所参考的资源,自动更新TRS资源的TCI信息。下面简单介绍,详细的可参考上述方法500和方法700的描述。The above description mainly takes the resource as the resource reported by the beam management as an example, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. Optionally, the resource can also be a resource referenced by data transmission, and resource A can be a TRS resource, that is, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the TRS resource according to the resource referenced by data transmission. The following is a brief introduction, and for details, please refer to the description of the above method 500 and method 700.
TRS资源可以用于测量信道的时频偏信息。TRS资源也配置TCI信息,终端设备基于TRS资源的TCI信息来测量特定波束的时频偏信息。时频偏信息适用于优化数据传输的,TRS资源的TCI信息一般与数据传输所参考的资源具有相同的TCI配置。TRS resources can be used to measure the time-frequency offset information of the channel. The TRS resource is also configured with TCI information, and the terminal device measures the time-frequency offset information of a specific beam based on the TCI information of the TRS resource. The time-frequency offset information is suitable for optimizing data transmission. The TCI information of the TRS resource generally has the same TCI configuration as the resource referenced by the data transmission.
例如,网络设备配置一个TRS资源,并配置该TRS资源与当前数据传输所参考的资源具有相同的TCI配置。当数据传输所参考的资源发生变化时,终端设备可以自动更新上述TRS资源的TCI信息,使得其与数据传输所参考的资源始终具有相同的TCI配置。即终端设备可以假设上述TRS资源始终与当前数据传输所参考的资源具有相同的TCI配置。For example, the network device configures a TRS resource, and configures the TRS resource to have the same TCI configuration as the resource referenced by the current data transmission. When the resource referenced by data transmission changes, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the aforementioned TRS resource, so that it always has the same TCI configuration as the resource referenced by data transmission. That is, the terminal device may assume that the aforementioned TRS resource always has the same TCI configuration as the resource referenced by the current data transmission.
假设,终端设备的数据传输所参考的资源是SSB资源#1,网络设备需要将TRS的TCI-state中的参考资源配置成SSB资源#1,测量SSB资源#1对应的波束的时频偏信息。如果终端设备移动到另一个SSB资源(如SSB资源#2)对应的波束的覆盖范围内时,数据传输所参考的资源变成SSB资源#2,该情况下,终端设备可以自动更新TRS资源的TCI信息,以便终端设备测量SSB资源#2对应的波束的时频偏信息。Assuming that the resource referenced by the terminal device for data transmission is SSB resource #1, the network device needs to configure the reference resource in the TCI-state of TRS as SSB resource #1, and measure the time-frequency offset information of the beam corresponding to SSB resource #1 . If the terminal device moves within the coverage of the beam corresponding to another SSB resource (such as SSB resource #2), the resource referenced for data transmission becomes SSB resource #2. In this case, the terminal device can automatically update the TRS resource TCI information, so that the terminal device can measure the time-frequency offset information of the beam corresponding to SSB resource #2.
示例性地,数据传输所参考的资源可以是以下任一信道采用的TCI-state中的参考资源:下行控制信道、下行数据信道、上行控制信道、或上行数据信道。例如,数据传输所参考的资源可以为typeD的QCL info中的参考资源,或者,也可以是其他类型的QCL info中的参考资源。数据传输所参考的资源发送变化,可以是指以下任一信道采用的TCI-state中的参考资源发生变化。Exemplarily, the resource referenced for data transmission may be a reference resource in the TCI-state adopted by any of the following channels: downlink control channel, downlink data channel, uplink control channel, or uplink data channel. For example, the resource referenced for data transmission may be a reference resource in QCL info of type D, or it may also be a reference resource in QCL info of other types. The transmission change of the resource referenced by the data transmission may refer to the change of the reference resource in the TCI-state adopted by any of the following channels.
示例性地,数据传输所参考的资源也可以是以下任一信道采用的TCI-state中的参考资源所参考的资源:下行控制信道、下行数据信道、上行控制信道、或上行数据信道。例如,下行控制信道的TCI-state中的参考资源是CSI-RS资源#2,CSI-RS资源#2的TCI-state中的参考资源是SSB资源#2,那么SSB#2也可以作为上述数据传输所参考的资源。数据传输所参考的资源发送变化,可以是指以下任一信道采用的TCI-state中的参考资源所参考的资源(如SSB资源)发生变化。Exemplarily, the resource referenced by data transmission may also be the resource referenced by the reference resource in the TCI-state adopted by any of the following channels: downlink control channel, downlink data channel, uplink control channel, or uplink data channel. For example, the reference resource in the TCI-state of the downlink control channel is CSI-RS resource #2, and the reference resource in the TCI-state of CSI-RS resource #2 is SSB resource #2, then SSB#2 can also be used as the above data The resource referenced by the transmission. The transmission change of the resource referenced by the data transmission may refer to the change of the resource (such as the SSB resource) referenced by the reference resource in the TCI-state adopted by any of the following channels.
终端设备可以基于以下任意一种方式自动更新TRS资源的TCI信息。The terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the TRS resource based on any of the following methods.
方式1,网络设备为终端设备配置多个TRS资源,该多个TRS资源与以下任意一信道具有相同的TCI配置:下行控制信道、下行数据信道、上行控制信道、或上行数据信道。Manner 1: The network device configures multiple TRS resources for the terminal device, and the multiple TRS resources have the same TCI configuration as any one of the following channels: downlink control channel, downlink data channel, uplink control channel, or uplink data channel.
当信道的资源发生变化时,终端设备可以自动更新该信道对应的TRS资源的TCI信息,使得该TRS资源与该信道的资源始终具有相同的TCI配置。When the channel resource changes, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the TRS resource corresponding to the channel, so that the TRS resource and the channel resource always have the same TCI configuration.
方式2,网络设备为终端设备配置多个TRS资源,该多个TRS资源与多个SSB资源一一对应。Manner 2: The network device configures multiple TRS resources for the terminal device, and the multiple TRS resources correspond to multiple SSB resources one to one.
例如,网络设备配置了64个SSB资源,且配置了64个TRS资源,该64个TRS资源与64个SSB资源一一对应,即每个TRS资源关联一个SSB资源,每个TRS资源与其关联的SSB资源具有相同的TCI配置。For example, the network device is configured with 64 SSB resources and 64 TRS resources. The 64 TRS resources correspond to the 64 SSB resources one-to-one, that is, each TRS resource is associated with an SSB resource, and each TRS resource is associated with it. SSB resources have the same TCI configuration.
当终端设备的数据传输所参考的资源(SSB资源)发生变化时,终端设备自动更新与该SSB资源关联的TRS资源,使得TRS资源与当前数据传输所参考的资源始终具有相同TCI配置,换句话说,使得终端设备始终是采用与当前数据传输所参考的资源具有相同TCI 配置的TRS资源来进行时频偏测量。When the resource (SSB resource) referenced by the terminal device's data transmission changes, the terminal device automatically updates the TRS resource associated with the SSB resource, so that the TRS resource and the resource referenced by the current data transmission always have the same TCI configuration, in other words In other words, the terminal equipment always uses the TRS resource with the same TCI configuration as the resource referenced by the current data transmission to perform time-frequency offset measurement.
例如,网络设备配置的SSB资源包括:SSB资源#2和SSB资源#3,网络设备配置的TRS资源包括:TRS资源#2和TRS资源#3。SSB资源#2与TRS资源#2对应,即SSB资源#2与TRS资源#2具有相同TCI配置;SSB资源#3与TRS资源#3对应,即SSB资源#3与TRS资源#3具有相同TCI配置。假设在开始数据传输过程中,终端设备进行数据传输所参考的是SSB资源未SSB资源#2,并采用TRS资源#2进行时频偏测量。当数据传输所参考的SSB资源变成SSB资源#3时,终端设备自动将TRS资源更新为TRS资源#3,采用TRS资源#3来进行时频偏测量。For example, the SSB resource configured by the network device includes: SSB resource #2 and SSB resource #3, and the TRS resource configured by the network device includes: TRS resource #2 and TRS resource #3. SSB resource #2 corresponds to TRS resource #2, that is, SSB resource #2 and TRS resource #2 have the same TCI configuration; SSB resource #3 corresponds to TRS resource #3, that is, SSB resource #3 and TRS resource #3 have the same TCI Configuration. Suppose that in the process of starting data transmission, the terminal device refers to SSB resource #2 for data transmission, and uses TRS resource #2 for time-frequency offset measurement. When the SSB resource referenced by data transmission becomes SSB resource #3, the terminal device automatically updates the TRS resource to TRS resource #3, and uses TRS resource #3 to perform time-frequency offset measurement.
可选地,网络设备可以向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示终端设备的数据传输所参考的资源的TCI-state发生更新的情况下,终端设备更新TRS资源的TCI信息。Optionally, the network device may send instruction information to the terminal device, where the instruction information is used to indicate that the terminal device updates the TCI information of the TRS resource when the TCI-state of the resource referenced by the data transmission of the terminal device is updated.
应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此,任何可以使得终端设备自动更新TRS资源的TCI信息的方式都落入本申请实施例的保护范围。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and any manner that enables the terminal device to automatically update the TCI information of the TRS resource falls within the protection scope of the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,上述实施例中,简单的介绍了n个资源与m个资源关联的几种具体场景,本申请实施例并未限定于此。n个资源与m个资源关联时,不管n个资源或m个资源用于何种场景,通过本申请实施例的方式,都可以在m个资源发生改变的情况下,终端设备自动更新n个资源的TCI信息,使得n个资源与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置。It should also be understood that in the foregoing embodiment, several specific scenarios in which n resources are associated with m resources are briefly introduced, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. When n resources are associated with m resources, no matter what scenario the n resources or m resources are used in, through the method of the embodiment of this application, the terminal device can automatically update n resources when the m resources are changed. The TCI information of the resources makes n resources and m resources have the same TCI configuration.
基于上述技术方案,当终端设备的数据传输所参考的资源发生改变的情况下,终端设备可以自动更新TRS资源的TCI信息,以便使得数据传输所参考的资源与TRS资源(即用于时频偏测量的资源)始终具有相同的TCI配置,从而可以避免频繁的TRS资源的重配,降低资源的浪费和信令开销,提高网络的性能。Based on the above technical solution, when the resource referenced by the data transmission of the terminal device changes, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI information of the TRS resource, so that the resource referenced by the data transmission and the TRS resource (that is, used for time-frequency offset) The measured resources always have the same TCI configuration, which can avoid frequent TRS resource reconfiguration, reduce resource waste and signaling overhead, and improve network performance.
基于上述描述,本申请实施例提供的方案,在物理信道的TCI-state发生更新的情况下,或者,资源发生更改的情况下,终端设备可以自动更新与该物理信道或者资源关联的资源的TCI信息,以便使得资源与该物理信道或者资源具有相同的TCI配置,避免了频繁重配带来的信令开销和传输时延,可以提高数据通信性能。Based on the above description, in the solution provided by the embodiments of the present application, when the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated, or when the resource is changed, the terminal device can automatically update the TCI of the resource associated with the physical channel or resource. Information, so that the resource and the physical channel or resource have the same TCI configuration, avoiding signaling overhead and transmission delay caused by frequent reconfiguration, and improving data communication performance.
本文中描述的各个实施例可以为独立的方案,也可以根据内在逻辑进行组合,这些方案都落入本申请的保护范围中。The various embodiments described in this document may be independent solutions, or may be combined according to internal logic, and these solutions fall within the protection scope of the present application.
可以理解的是,上述各个方法实施例中,由终端设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由可用于终端设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现,由网络设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由可用于网络设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It is understandable that, in the foregoing method embodiments, the methods and operations implemented by terminal devices can also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used in terminal devices, and the methods and operations implemented by network devices can also be implemented by It can be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) of network devices.
上述主要从各个交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个网元,例如发射端设备或者接收端设备,为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of each interaction. It can be understood that each network element, such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device, includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function in order to realize the above functions. Those skilled in the art should be aware that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对发射端设备或者接收端设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以使用硬件的形式实现,也可以使用软件功能模 块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面以使用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块为例进行说明。The embodiments of the present application can divide the transmitter device or the receiver device into functional modules according to the above method examples. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. in. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. The following is an example of using the corresponding functional modules to divide each functional module.
以上,结合图5至图7详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下,结合图8至图11详细说明本申请实施例提供的通信设备。应理解,装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Above, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail with reference to FIGS. 5 to 7. Hereinafter, the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 8 to FIG. 11. It should be understood that the description of the device embodiment and the description of the method embodiment correspond to each other. Therefore, for the content that is not described in detail, please refer to the above method embodiment. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
图8是本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图。如图所示,该通信装置800可以包括通信单元810和处理单元820。通信单元810可以与外部进行通信,处理单元820用于进行数据处理。通信单元810还可以称为通信接口或收发单元。FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the communication device 800 may include a communication unit 810 and a processing unit 820. The communication unit 810 can communicate with the outside, and the processing unit 820 is used for data processing. The communication unit 810 may also be referred to as a communication interface or a transceiving unit.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置800可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤或者流程,例如,可以为终端设备,或者配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路。这时,该通信装置800可以称为终端设备。通信单元810用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧的收发相关操作,处理单元820用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的处理相关操作。In a possible design, the communication device 800 can implement the steps or processes performed by the terminal device corresponding to the above method embodiment, for example, it can be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device. At this time, the communication device 800 may be called a terminal device. The communication unit 810 is configured to perform the transceiving-related operations on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 820 is configured to perform the processing related operations on the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
一种可能的实现方式,通信单元810用于:接收网络设备发送的测量配置信息,测量配置信息包括n个资源的信息,该n个资源与物理信道具有相同的传输配置指示TCI配置,其中,n为大于1或等于1的整数;处理单元820用于:在物理信道的TCI状态TCI-state发生更新的情况下,更新n个资源的TCI信息,更新后,n个资源与物理信道具有相同的TCI配置。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit 810 is configured to: receive measurement configuration information sent by a network device, the measurement configuration information includes information about n resources, and the n resources have the same transmission configuration indication TCI configuration as the physical channel, where: n is an integer greater than 1 or equal to 1; the processing unit 820 is used to update the TCI information of n resources when the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated. After the update, the n resources are the same as the physical channel TCI configuration.
可选地,处理单元820具体用于:基于n个资源与物理信道之间的关系,更新n个资源的TCI信息。Optionally, the processing unit 820 is specifically configured to update the TCI information of the n resources based on the relationship between the n resources and the physical channels.
可选地,n个资源与物理信道之间的关系包括以下一项或多项:物理信道与n个资源的对应关系;或,物理信道与n个资源所属的资源集的对应关系;或,物理信道对应的资源与n个资源的对应关系;或,物理信道对应的资源与n个资源所属的资源集的对应关系。Optionally, the relationship between n resources and physical channels includes one or more of the following: a correspondence relationship between a physical channel and n resources; or a correspondence relationship between a physical channel and a resource set to which the n resources belong; or, The corresponding relationship between the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the n resources; or the corresponding relationship between the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resources belong.
可选地,处理单元820具体用于:更新n个资源的TCI-state;或,更新n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state;或,更新n个资源的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源;或,更新n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源。Optionally, the processing unit 820 is specifically configured to: update the TCI-state of the n resources; or, update the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong; or, update the reference signal included in the TCI-state of the n resources Resource; or, update the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong.
可选地,通信单元810还用于:接收网络设备发送的指示信息,指示信息用于指示n个资源的TCI信息是否能够被自动更新。Optionally, the communication unit 810 is further configured to: receive instruction information sent by the network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information of the n resources can be automatically updated.
可选地,相同的TCI配置包括一项或多项:TCI-state的索引相同、TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源相同、或TCI-state中具有包含关系。Optionally, the same TCI configuration includes one or more items: the index of the TCI-state is the same, the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state are the same, or the TCI-state has an inclusion relationship.
可选地,物理信道包括以下一项或多项:物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、物理上行控制信道、或物理上行共享信道。Optionally, the physical channel includes one or more of the following: a physical downlink control channel, a physical downlink shared channel, a physical uplink control channel, or a physical uplink shared channel.
又一种可能的实现方式,通信单元810用于:接收网络设备发送的n个资源的信息,n个资源与m个资源具有相同的传输配置指示TCI配置,其中,n为大于1或等于1的整数,m为大于1或等于1的整数,n小于或等于m;处理单元820用于:在m个资源发生更新的情况下,更新n个资源的TCI信息,更新后,n个资源与m个资源具有相同的TCI配置。In yet another possible implementation manner, the communication unit 810 is configured to: receive information about n resources sent by a network device, where n resources and m resources have the same transmission configuration indication TCI configuration, where n is greater than or equal to 1. M is an integer greater than 1 or equal to 1, and n is less than or equal to m; the processing unit 820 is used to update the TCI information of n resources when m resources are updated. After the update, n resources and The m resources have the same TCI configuration.
可选地,m个资源包括以下任意一项:基于测量结果上报的资源、数据传输采用的 TCI-state中的参考信号资源、或数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源的TCI-state中的参考信号资源;和/或,n个资源包括以下任意一项:用于信道测量的资源、用于波束测量的资源、或跟踪参考信号资源。Optionally, the m resources include any one of the following: a resource reported based on a measurement result, a reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission, or a TCI-state of the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission And/or, the n resources include any one of the following: resources used for channel measurement, resources used for beam measurement, or tracking reference signal resources.
可选地,当m个资源为基于测量结果上报的资源时;m个资源发生更新的情况,包括:在第二时刻基于测量结果上报的m个资源与在第一时刻基于测量结果上报的m个资源的索引不完全相同,其中,第一时刻早于第二时刻。Optionally, when m resources are resources reported based on measurement results; the situation where m resources are updated includes: m resources reported based on the measurement results at the second moment and m resources reported based on the measurement results at the first moment The indexes of the two resources are not exactly the same, where the first moment is earlier than the second moment.
可选地,处理单元820具体用于:基于n个资源与m个资源之间的关系,更新n个资源的TCI信息。Optionally, the processing unit 820 is specifically configured to update the TCI information of the n resources based on the relationship between the n resources and the m resources.
可选地,n个资源与m个资源之间的关系包括以下一项或多项:n个资源与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应;或,n个资源所属的n个资源集与m个资源中的n个资源一一对应;或,n个资源中的任意一个资源与m个资源中的一个或多个资源对应;或,n个资源中的任意一个资源所属的资源集与m个资源中的一个或多个资源一一对应;或,n个资源与m个资源中的n个资源的信道一一对应;或,n个资源所属的n个资源集与m个资源中的n个资源的信道一一对应;或,n个资源中的任意一个资源与m个资源中的一个或多个资源的信道对应;或,n个资源中的任意一个资源所属的资源集与m个资源中的一个或多个资源的信道对应;其中,对应的每组具有相同的TCI配置。Optionally, the relationship between n resources and m resources includes one or more of the following: n resources correspond to n resources out of m resources one-to-one; or, n resource sets to which the n resources belong One-to-one correspondence with n resources among the m resources; or, any one resource among the n resources corresponds to one or more resources among the m resources; or, the resource set to which any one resource among the n resources belongs One-to-one correspondence with one or more resources among m resources; or, one-to-one correspondence between n resources and channels of n resources among m resources; or, n resource sets and m resources to which n resources belong The channels of the n resources in the n resources correspond one-to-one; or, any one of the n resources corresponds to the channel of one or more of the m resources; or, the resource set to which any one of the n resources belongs Corresponding to the channel of one or more of the m resources; wherein each corresponding group has the same TCI configuration.
可选地,处理单元820具体用于:更新n个资源的TCI-state;或,更新n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state;或,更新n个资源的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源;或,更新n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源。Optionally, the processing unit 820 is specifically configured to: update the TCI-state of the n resources; or, update the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong; or, update the reference signal included in the TCI-state of the n resources Resource; or, update the reference signal resource included in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong.
可选地,通信单元810还用于:接收网络设备发送的指示信息,指示信息用于指示n个资源的TCI信息是否能够被自动更新。Optionally, the communication unit 810 is further configured to: receive instruction information sent by the network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information of the n resources can be automatically updated.
可选地,相同的TCI配置包括一项或多项:TCI-state的索引相同、TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源相同、或TCI-state中具有包含关系。Optionally, the same TCI configuration includes one or more items: the index of the TCI-state is the same, the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state are the same, or the TCI-state has an inclusion relationship.
该通信装置800可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法500至方法700中的终端设备执行的步骤或者流程,该通信装置800可以包括用于执行图5中的方法500、图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700中的终端设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置800中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图5中的方法500、图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700的相应流程。The communication device 800 can implement the steps or processes performed by the terminal device in the method 500 to the method 700 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the communication device 800 can include methods for executing the method 500 in FIG. 5 and the method in FIG. 6 600 or a unit of the method executed by the terminal device in the method 700 in FIG. 7. In addition, the units in the communication device 800 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding processes of the method 500 in FIG. 5, the method 600 in FIG. 6, or the method 700 in FIG. 7, respectively.
其中,当该通信装置800用于执行图5中的方法500时,通信单元810可用于执行方法500中的步骤510,处理单元820可用于执行方法500中的步骤520。Wherein, when the communication device 800 is used to execute the method 500 in FIG. 5, the communication unit 810 can be used to execute step 510 in the method 500, and the processing unit 820 can be used to execute step 520 in the method 500.
其中,当该通信装置800用于执行图6中的方法600时,通信单元810可用于执行方法600中的步骤610和步骤620,处理单元820可用于执行方法600中的步骤630。Wherein, when the communication device 800 is used to execute the method 600 in FIG. 6, the communication unit 810 can be used to execute steps 610 and 620 in the method 600, and the processing unit 820 can be used to execute step 630 in the method 600.
其中,当该通信装置800用于执行图7中的方法700时,通信单元810可用于执行方法700中的步骤710和步骤720,处理单元820可用于执行方法700中的步骤730。Wherein, when the communication device 800 is used to execute the method 700 in FIG. 7, the communication unit 810 can be used to execute steps 710 and 720 in the method 700, and the processing unit 820 can be used to execute step 730 in the method 700.
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the foregoing corresponding steps has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
还应理解,该通信装置800中的通信单元810可通过图10中示出的终端设备1000中的收发器1010实现,该通信装置800中的处理单元820可通过图10中示出的终端设备1000中的处理器1020实现。其中,收发器可以包括发射器和/或接收器,分别实现发送单 元和接收单元的功能。It should also be understood that the communication unit 810 in the communication device 800 may be implemented by the transceiver 1010 in the terminal device 1000 shown in FIG. 10, and the processing unit 820 in the communication device 800 may be implemented by the terminal device 1000 shown in FIG. The processor 1020 in 1000 is implemented. Among them, the transceiver may include a transmitter and/or a receiver, which respectively implement the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
还应理解,该通信装置800中的通信单元810也可以为输入/输出接口。It should also be understood that the communication unit 810 in the communication device 800 may also be an input/output interface.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置800可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备执行的步骤或者流程,例如,可以为网络设备,或者配置于网络设备中的芯片或电路。这时,该通信装置800可以称为网络设备。通信单元810用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的收发相关操作,处理单元820用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备的处理相关操作。In another possible design, the communication device 800 can implement the steps or processes executed by the network device corresponding to the above method embodiment, for example, it can be a network device, or a chip or circuit configured in the network device. At this time, the communication device 800 may be called a network device. The communication unit 810 is configured to perform the transceiving-related operations on the network device side in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 820 is configured to perform the processing related operations on the network device in the above method embodiment.
该通信装置800可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法500至方法700中的网络设备执行的步骤或者流程,该通信装置800可以包括用于执行图5中的方法500、图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700中的网络设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置800中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图5中的方法500、图6中的方法600或图7中的方法700的相应流程。The communication device 800 can implement the steps or processes executed by the network device in the method 500 to the method 700 according to the embodiments of the present application. The communication device 800 can include methods for executing the method 500 in FIG. 5 and the method in FIG. 6 600 or the unit of the method executed by the network device in the method 700 in FIG. 7. In addition, the units in the communication device 800 and other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding processes of the method 500 in FIG. 5, the method 600 in FIG. 6, or the method 700 in FIG. 7, respectively.
其中,当该通信装置800用于执行图5中的方法500时,通信单元810可用于执行方法500中的步骤510。Wherein, when the communication device 800 is used to execute the method 500 in FIG. 5, the communication unit 810 may be used to execute step 510 in the method 500.
其中,当该通信装置800用于执行图6中的方法600时,通信单元810可用于执行方法600中的步骤610和步骤620。Wherein, when the communication device 800 is used to execute the method 600 in FIG. 6, the communication unit 810 may be used to execute step 610 and step 620 in the method 600.
其中,当该通信装置800用于执行图7中的方法700时,通信单元810可用于执行方法700中的步骤710和步骤720。Wherein, when the communication device 800 is used to execute the method 700 in FIG. 7, the communication unit 810 may be used to execute step 710 and step 720 in the method 700.
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process for each unit to execute the foregoing corresponding steps has been described in detail in the foregoing method embodiment, and is not repeated here for brevity.
还应理解,该通信装置800中的通信单元810为可通过图11中示出的网络设备1100中的收发器1110实现,该通信装置800中的处理单元820可通过图11中示出的网络设备1100中的处理器1120实现。It should also be understood that the communication unit 810 in the communication device 800 can be implemented through the transceiver 1110 in the network device 1100 shown in FIG. 11, and the processing unit 820 in the communication device 800 can be implemented through the network shown in FIG. The processor 1120 in the device 1100 is implemented.
还应理解,该通信装置800中的通信单元810也可以为输入/输出接口。其中,收发器可以包括发射器和/或接收器,分别实现发送单元和接收单元的功能。It should also be understood that the communication unit 810 in the communication device 800 may also be an input/output interface. Among them, the transceiver may include a transmitter and/or a receiver, which respectively implement the functions of the sending unit and the receiving unit.
图9是本申请实施例提供的通信装置900的又一示意性框图。如图所示,通信装置900包括处理器910、存储器920和收发器930,存储器920中存储有程序,处理器910用于执行存储器920中存储的程序,对存储器920中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器910用于执行上文方法实施例中的相关处理步骤,对存储器920中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器910控制收发器930执行上文方法实施例中的收发相关步骤。FIG. 9 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in the figure, the communication device 900 includes a processor 910, a memory 920, and a transceiver 930. The memory 920 stores a program. The processor 910 is configured to execute the program stored in the memory 920 and execute the program stored in the memory 920. The processor 910 is configured to execute the relevant processing steps in the above method embodiment, and execute the program stored in the memory 920, so that the processor 910 controls the transceiver 930 to execute the transceiving-related steps in the above method embodiment.
作为一种实现,该通信装置900用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备所执行的动作,这时,对存储器920中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器910用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧的处理步骤,对存储器920中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器910控制收发器930执行上文方法实施例中终端设备侧的接收和发送步骤。As an implementation, the communication device 900 is used to execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. At this time, the execution of the program stored in the memory 920 enables the processor 910 to execute the above method embodiment. The processing steps on the terminal device side in the middle, execute the program stored in the memory 920, so that the processor 910 controls the transceiver 930 to perform the receiving and sending steps on the terminal device side in the above method embodiment.
作为另一种实现,该通信装置900用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备所执行的动作,这时,对存储器920中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器910用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的处理步骤,对存储器920中存储的程序的执行,使得处理器910控制收发器930执行上文方法实施例中网络设备侧的接收和发送步骤。As another implementation, the communication device 900 is used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the above method embodiment. At this time, the execution of the program stored in the memory 920 enables the processor 910 to perform the above method implementation. In the example, the processing steps on the network device side execute the programs stored in the memory 920 so that the processor 910 controls the transceiver 930 to perform the receiving and sending steps on the network device side in the above method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置1000,该通信装置1000可以是终端设备也可以是 芯片。该通信装置1000可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的动作。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1000, which may be a terminal device or a chip. The communication apparatus 1000 may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
当该通信装置1000为终端设备时,图10示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图10中,终端设备以手机作为例子。如图10所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。When the communication device 1000 is a terminal device, FIG. 10 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and easy to illustrate. In FIG. 10, the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example. As shown in Figure 10, the terminal equipment includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signal and radio frequency signal and the processing of radio frequency signal. The antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图10中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器,在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of description, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 10. In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and radio frequency circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
如图10所示,终端设备包括收发单元1010和处理单元1020。收发单元1010也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元1020也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选地,可以将收发单元1010中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1010中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元1010包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。As shown in FIG. 10, the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1010 and a processing unit 1020. The transceiver unit 1010 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on. The processing unit 1020 may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and so on. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1010 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 1010 as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1010 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit. The transmitting unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理单元1020,用于执行方法500中的步骤520、方法600中的步骤630、以及方法700中的步骤730,和/或,处理单元1020还用于执行本申请实施例中终端设备侧的其他处理步骤。收发单元1010还用于执行方法500中的步骤510、方法600中的步骤610和步骤620、方法700中的步骤710和步骤720,和/或收发单元1010还用于执行终端设备侧的其他收发步骤。For example, in an implementation manner, the processing unit 1020 is configured to perform step 520 in the method 500, step 630 in the method 600, and step 730 in the method 700, and/or the processing unit 1020 is further configured to perform this Other processing steps on the terminal device side in the application embodiment. The transceiving unit 1010 is also used to perform step 510 in method 500, step 610 and step 620 in method 600, step 710 and step 720 in method 700, and/or transceiving unit 1010 is also used to perform other transceiving on the terminal device side step.
应理解,图10仅为示例而非限定,上述包括收发单元和处理单元的终端设备可以不依赖于图10所示的结构。It should be understood that FIG. 10 is only an example and not a limitation, and the foregoing terminal device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 10.
当该通信设备1000为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路或通信接口;处理单元可以为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device 1000 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置1100,该通信装置1100可以是网络设备也可以是芯片。该通信装置1100可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由网络设备所执行的动作。The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device 1100, and the communication device 1100 may be a network device or a chip. The communication device 1100 can be used to perform actions performed by a network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
当该通信装置1100为网络设备时,例如为基站。图11示出了一种简化的基站结构示 意图。基站包括1110部分以及1120部分。1110部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换;1120部分主要用于基带处理,对基站进行控制等。1110部分通常可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等。1120部分通常是基站的控制中心,通常可以称为处理单元,用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中网络设备侧的处理操作。When the communication device 1100 is a network device, for example, it is a base station. Figure 11 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the base station structure. The base station includes 1110 parts and 1120 parts. The 1110 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion between radio frequency signals and baseband signals; the 1120 part is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations. The 1110 part can generally be called a transceiver unit, transceiver, transceiver circuit, or transceiver. The 1120 part is usually the control center of the base station, and may generally be referred to as a processing unit, which is used to control the base station to perform processing operations on the network device side in the foregoing method embodiments.
1110部分的收发单元,也可以称为收发机或收发器等,其包括天线和射频单元,其中射频单元主要用于进行射频处理。可选地,可以将1110部分中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即1110部分包括接收单元和发送单元。接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。The transceiver unit of part 1110 may also be called a transceiver or a transceiver, etc., which includes an antenna and a radio frequency unit, and the radio frequency unit is mainly used for radio frequency processing. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in part 1110 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function as the sending unit, that is, the part 1110 includes the receiving unit and the sending unit. The receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
1120部分可以包括一个或多个单板,每个单板可以包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。处理器用于读取和执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能以及对基站的控制。若存在多个单板,各个单板之间可以互联以增强处理能力。作为一种可选的实施方式,也可以是多个单板共用一个或多个处理器,或者是多个单板共用一个或多个存储器,或者是多个单板同时共用一个或多个处理器。 Part 1120 may include one or more single boards, and each single board may include one or more processors and one or more memories. The processor is used to read and execute programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and control the base station. If there are multiple boards, the boards can be interconnected to enhance processing capabilities. As an optional implementation, multiple single boards may share one or more processors, or multiple single boards may share one or more memories, or multiple single boards may share one or more processing at the same time. Device.
例如,在一种实现方式中,1110部分的收发单元用于执行方法500中的步骤510、方法600中的步骤610和步骤620、方法700中的步骤710和步骤720中网络设备侧的收发操作,和/或1110部分的收发单元还用于执行本申请实施例中网络设备侧的其他收发步骤。1120部分的处理单元用于执行本申请实施例中网络设备侧的处理步骤。For example, in one implementation, the transceiver unit of part 1110 is used to perform step 510 in method 500, step 610 and step 620 in method 600, step 710 in method 700 and step 720 in the network device side transceiving operations , And/or part 1110 of the transceiver unit is also used to perform other transceiver steps on the network device side in the embodiment of the present application. The processing unit part 1120 is used to execute the processing steps on the network device side in the embodiment of the present application.
应理解,图11仅为示例而非限定,上述包括收发单元和处理单元的网络设备可以不依赖于图11所示的结构。It should be understood that FIG. 11 is only an example and not a limitation, and the foregoing network device including a transceiver unit and a processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG. 11.
当该通信装置1100为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device 1100 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Among them, the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
另外,网络设备不限于上述形态,也可以是其它形态:例如:包括BBU和自适应无线单元(adaptive radio unit,ARU),或BBU和有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU);也可以为客户终端设备(customer premises equipment,CPE),还可以为其它形态,本申请不限定。In addition, the network equipment is not limited to the above forms, and may also be in other forms: for example: including BBU and adaptive radio unit (ARU), or BBU and active antenna unit (AAU); or Customer premises equipment (CPE) may also be in other forms, which is not limited by this application.
上述BBU可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由网络设备内部实现的动作,而RRU可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的网络设备向终端设备发送或从终端设备接收的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The above-mentioned BBU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments implemented by the network device, and the RRU can be used to perform the actions described in the previous method embodiments that the network device sends to or receives from the terminal device. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口。所述处理器可用于执行上述方法实施例中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface. The processor may be used to execute the method in the foregoing method embodiment.
应理解,上述处理装置可以是一个芯片。例如,该处理装置可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。It should be understood that the foregoing processing device may be a chip. For example, the processing device may be a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (SoC), or It is a central processor unit (CPU), it can also be a network processor (NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), or it can be a microcontroller (microcontroller unit). , MCU), it can also be a programmable logic device (PLD) or other integrated chips.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, the steps of the above method can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components . The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图5至图7所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes: computer program code, which when the computer program code runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the steps shown in FIGS. 5 to 7 The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图5至图7所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a computer-readable medium that stores program code, and when the program code runs on a computer, the computer executes the steps shown in FIGS. 5 to 7 The method of any one of the embodiments is shown.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种系统,其包括前述的一个或多个终端设备以及一个或多个网络设备。According to the method provided in the embodiments of the present application, the present application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned one or more terminal devices and one or more network devices.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产 品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disc,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disc, SSD)) etc.
上述各个装置实施例中网络设备与终端设备和方法实施例中的网络设备或终端设备对应,由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤,例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤,除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中,处理器可以为一个或多个。The network equipment in the above device embodiments corresponds to the network equipment or terminal equipment in the terminal equipment and method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units execute the corresponding steps. For example, the communication unit (transceiver) performs the receiving or sending in the method embodiments. In addition to sending and receiving, other steps can be executed by the processing unit (processor). For the functions of specific units, refer to the corresponding method embodiments. There may be one or more processors.
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。The terms "component", "module", "system", etc. used in this specification are used to denote computer-related entities, hardware, firmware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, the component may be, but is not limited to, a process, a processor, an object, an executable file, an execution thread, a program, and/or a computer running on a processor. Through the illustration, both the application running on the computing device and the computing device can be components. One or more components may reside in processes and/or threads of execution, and components may be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers. In addition, these components can be executed from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon. The component may be based on, for example, a signal having one or more data packets (such as data from two components interacting with another component in a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet that interacts with other systems through signals) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step),能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the various illustrative logical blocks and steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. achieve. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络 单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种更新传输配置指示TCI信息的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for updating transmission configuration indication TCI information, characterized in that it comprises:
    接收网络设备发送的测量配置信息,所述测量配置信息包括n个资源的信息,所述n个资源与物理信道具有相同的传输配置指示TCI配置,其中,n为大于1或等于1的整数;Receiving measurement configuration information sent by a network device, where the measurement configuration information includes information about n resources, and the n resources and the physical channel have the same transmission configuration indication TCI configuration, where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
    在所述物理信道的TCI状态TCI-state发生更新的情况下,更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,更新后,所述n个资源与所述物理信道具有相同的TCI配置。When the TCI state TCI-state of the physical channel is updated, the TCI information of the n resources is updated. After the update, the n resources have the same TCI configuration as the physical channel.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1, wherein:
    所述更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,包括:The updating the TCI information of the n resources includes:
    基于所述n个资源与所述物理信道之间的关系,更新所述n个资源的TCI信息。Based on the relationship between the n resources and the physical channel, the TCI information of the n resources is updated.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述n个资源与所述物理信道之间的关系包括以下一项或多项:The method according to claim 2, wherein the relationship between the n resources and the physical channel includes one or more of the following:
    所述物理信道与所述n个资源的对应关系;The correspondence between the physical channel and the n resources;
    所述物理信道与所述n个资源所属的资源集的对应关系;The correspondence between the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resources belong;
    所述物理信道对应的资源与所述n个资源的对应关系;或,The corresponding relationship between the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the n resources; or,
    所述物理信道对应的资源与所述n个资源所属的资源集的对应关系。A correspondence between the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resources belong.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述物理信道包括以下一项或多项:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the physical channel comprises one or more of the following:
    物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、物理上行控制信道、或物理上行共享信道。Physical downlink control channel, physical downlink shared channel, physical uplink control channel, or physical uplink shared channel.
  5. 一种更新传输配置指示TCI信息的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for updating transmission configuration indication TCI information, characterized in that it comprises:
    接收网络设备发送的n个资源的信息,所述n个资源与m个资源具有相同的传输配置指示TCI配置,其中,n为大于1或等于1的整数,m为大于1或等于1的整数,n小于或等于m;Receive information about n resources sent by a network device, the n resources and m resources have the same transmission configuration indication TCI configuration, where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and m is an integer greater than or equal to 1. , N is less than or equal to m;
    在所述m个资源发生更新的情况下,更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,更新后,所述n个资源与所述m个资源具有相同的TCI配置。In the case where the m resources are updated, the TCI information of the n resources is updated. After the update, the n resources and the m resources have the same TCI configuration.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 5, wherein:
    所述m个资源包括以下任意一项:基于测量结果上报的资源、数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源、或数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源的TCI-state中的参考信号资源;和/或,The m resources include any one of the following: resources reported based on measurement results, reference signal resources in the TCI-state used for data transmission, or reference signal resources in the TCI-state used for data transmission. Reference signal resources; and/or,
    所述n个资源包括以下任意一项:用于信道测量的资源、用于波束测量的资源、或跟踪参考信号资源。The n resources include any one of the following: resources used for channel measurement, resources used for beam measurement, or tracking reference signal resources.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述m个资源为基于测量结果上报的资源时;The method according to claim 6, wherein when the m resources are resources reported based on measurement results;
    所述m个资源发生更新的情况,包括:The update of the m resources includes:
    在第二时刻基于测量结果上报的m个资源与在第一时刻基于测量结果上报的m个资源的索引不完全相同,其中,所述第一时刻早于所述第二时刻。The indexes of the m resources reported based on the measurement result at the second time are not exactly the same as the indexes of the m resources reported based on the measurement result at the first time, wherein the first time is earlier than the second time.
  8. 根据权利要求5至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 5 to 7, characterized in that:
    所述更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,包括:The updating the TCI information of the n resources includes:
    基于所述n个资源与所述m个资源之间的关系,更新所述n个资源的TCI信息。Based on the relationship between the n resources and the m resources, update the TCI information of the n resources.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述n个资源与所述m个资源之间的关系包括以下一项或多项:The method according to claim 8, wherein the relationship between the n resources and the m resources includes one or more of the following:
    所述n个资源与所述m个资源中的n个资源一一对应;The n resources have a one-to-one correspondence with n resources in the m resources;
    所述n个资源所属的n个资源集与所述m个资源中的n个资源一一对应;The n resource sets to which the n resources belong and the n resources in the m resources have a one-to-one correspondence;
    所述n个资源中的任意一个资源与所述m个资源中的一个或多个资源对应;Any one resource among the n resources corresponds to one or more resources among the m resources;
    所述n个资源中的任意一个资源所属的资源集与所述m个资源中的一个或多个资源一一对应;The resource set to which any one of the n resources belongs corresponds to one or more of the m resources;
    所述n个资源与所述m个资源中的n个资源的信道一一对应;The n resources correspond to channels of the n resources in the m resources in a one-to-one correspondence;
    所述n个资源所属的n个资源集与所述m个资源中的n个资源的信道一一对应;The n resource sets to which the n resources belong are in one-to-one correspondence with channels of the n resources in the m resources;
    所述n个资源中的任意一个资源与所述m个资源中的一个或多个资源的信道对应;或,Any one of the n resources corresponds to a channel of one or more of the m resources; or,
    所述n个资源中的任意一个资源所属的资源集与所述m个资源中的一个或多个资源的信道对应;A resource set to which any one of the n resources belongs corresponds to a channel of one or more of the m resources;
    其中,对应的每组具有相同的TCI配置。Among them, each corresponding group has the same TCI configuration.
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that,
    所述更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,包括以下一项或多项:The updating the TCI information of the n resources includes one or more of the following:
    更新所述n个资源的TCI-state;Update the TCI-state of the n resources;
    更新所述n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state;Updating the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong;
    更新所述n个资源的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源;或,Update the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state of the n resources; or,
    更新所述n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源。Update the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收所述网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述n个资源的TCI信息是否能够被自动更新。Receiving instruction information sent by the network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information of the n resources can be automatically updated.
  12. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述相同的TCI配置包括一项或多项:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the same TCI configuration includes one or more:
    TCI-state的索引相同、TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源相同、或TCI-state中具有包含关系。The indexes of the TCI-state are the same, the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state are the same, or the TCI-state has an inclusion relationship.
  13. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:通信单元和处理单元,A communication device, characterized by comprising: a communication unit and a processing unit,
    所述通信单元,用于接收网络设备发送的测量配置信息,所述测量配置信息包括n个资源的信息,所述n个资源与物理信道具有相同的传输配置指示TCI配置,其中,n为大于1或等于1的整数;The communication unit is configured to receive measurement configuration information sent by a network device, the measurement configuration information includes information about n resources, and the n resources have the same transmission configuration indication TCI configuration as the physical channel, where n is greater than 1 or an integer equal to 1;
    所述处理单元,用于在所述物理信道的TCI状态TCI-state发生更新的情况下,更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,更新后,所述n个资源与所述物理信道具有相同的TCI配置。The processing unit is configured to update the TCI information of the n resources when the TCI-state of the physical channel is updated. After the update, the n resources and the physical channel have the same TCI configuration.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 13, wherein:
    所述处理单元,具体用于:The processing unit is specifically used for:
    基于所述n个资源与所述物理信道之间的关系,更新所述n个资源的TCI信息。Based on the relationship between the n resources and the physical channel, the TCI information of the n resources is updated.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述n个资源与所述物理信道之间的关系包括以下一项或多项:The apparatus according to claim 14, wherein the relationship between the n resources and the physical channel comprises one or more of the following:
    所述物理信道与所述n个资源的对应关系;The correspondence between the physical channel and the n resources;
    所述物理信道与所述n个资源所属的资源集的对应关系;The correspondence between the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resources belong;
    所述物理信道对应的资源与所述n个资源的对应关系;或,The corresponding relationship between the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the n resources; or,
    所述物理信道对应的资源与所述n个资源所属的资源集的对应关系。A correspondence between the resource corresponding to the physical channel and the resource set to which the n resources belong.
  16. 根据权利要求13至15中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述物理信道包括以下一项或多项:The device according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein the physical channel comprises one or more of the following:
    物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、物理上行控制信道、或物理上行共享信道。Physical downlink control channel, physical downlink shared channel, physical uplink control channel, or physical uplink shared channel.
  17. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:通信单元和处理单元,A communication device, characterized by comprising: a communication unit and a processing unit,
    所述通信单元,用于接收网络设备发送的n个资源的信息,所述n个资源与m个资源具有相同的传输配置指示TCI配置,其中,n为大于1或等于1的整数,m为大于1或等于1的整数,n小于或等于m;The communication unit is configured to receive information about n resources sent by a network device, the n resources and m resources have the same transmission configuration indication TCI configuration, where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and m is An integer greater than or equal to 1, and n is less than or equal to m;
    所述处理单元,用于在所述m个资源发生更新的情况下,更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,更新后,所述n个资源与所述m个资源具有相同的TCI配置。The processing unit is configured to update the TCI information of the n resources when the m resources are updated. After the update, the n resources and the m resources have the same TCI configuration.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 17, wherein:
    所述m个资源包括以下任意一项:基于测量结果上报的资源、数据传输采用的The m resources include any one of the following: resources reported based on measurement results, data transmission used
    TCI-state中的参考信号资源、或数据传输采用的TCI-state中的参考信号资源的TCI-state中的参考信号资源;和/或,The reference signal resource in the TCI-state, or the reference signal resource in the TCI-state used for data transmission; and/or,
    所述n个资源包括以下任意一项:用于信道测量的资源、用于波束测量的资源、或跟踪参考信号资源。The n resources include any one of the following: resources used for channel measurement, resources used for beam measurement, or tracking reference signal resources.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其特征在于,当所述m个资源为基于测量结果上报的资源时;The apparatus according to claim 18, wherein when the m resources are resources reported based on measurement results;
    所述m个资源发生更新的情况,包括:The update of the m resources includes:
    在第二时刻基于测量结果上报的m个资源与在第一时刻基于测量结果上报的m个资源的索引不完全相同,其中,所述第一时刻早于所述第二时刻。The indexes of the m resources reported based on the measurement result at the second time are not exactly the same as the indexes of the m resources reported based on the measurement result at the first time, wherein the first time is earlier than the second time.
  20. 根据权利要求17至19中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 17 to 19, characterized in that:
    所述处理单元,具体用于:The processing unit is specifically used for:
    基于所述n个资源与所述m个资源之间的关系,更新所述n个资源的TCI信息。Based on the relationship between the n resources and the m resources, update the TCI information of the n resources.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的装置,其特征在于,所述n个资源与所述m个资源之间的关系包括以下一项或多项:The apparatus according to claim 20, wherein the relationship between the n resources and the m resources comprises one or more of the following:
    所述n个资源与所述m个资源中的n个资源一一对应;The n resources have a one-to-one correspondence with n resources in the m resources;
    所述n个资源所属的n个资源集与所述m个资源中的n个资源一一对应;The n resource sets to which the n resources belong are in one-to-one correspondence with the n resources in the m resources;
    所述n个资源中的任意一个资源与所述m个资源中的一个或多个资源对应;Any one resource among the n resources corresponds to one or more resources among the m resources;
    所述n个资源中的任意一个资源所属的资源集与所述m个资源中的一个或多个资源一一对应;The resource set to which any one of the n resources belongs corresponds to one or more of the m resources;
    所述n个资源与所述m个资源中的n个资源的信道一一对应;The n resources have a one-to-one correspondence with channels of the n resources among the m resources;
    所述n个资源所属的n个资源集与所述m个资源中的n个资源的信道一一对应;The n resource sets to which the n resources belong are in one-to-one correspondence with channels of the n resources in the m resources;
    所述n个资源中的任意一个资源与所述m个资源中的一个或多个资源的信道对应;或,Any one of the n resources corresponds to a channel of one or more of the m resources; or,
    所述n个资源中的任意一个资源所属的资源集与所述m个资源中的一个或多个资源 的信道对应;A resource set to which any one of the n resources belongs corresponds to a channel of one or more of the m resources;
    其中,对应的每组具有相同的TCI配置。Among them, each corresponding group has the same TCI configuration.
  22. 根据权利要求13至21中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 13 to 21, characterized in that:
    所述更新所述n个资源的TCI信息,包括以下一项或多项:The updating the TCI information of the n resources includes one or more of the following:
    更新所述n个资源的TCI-state;Update the TCI-state of the n resources;
    更新所述n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state;Updating the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong;
    更新所述n个资源的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源;或,Update the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state of the n resources; or,
    更新所述n个资源所属的资源集的TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源。Update the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state of the resource set to which the n resources belong.
  23. 根据权利要求13至22中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元,还用于:The device according to any one of claims 13 to 22, wherein the communication unit is further configured to:
    接收所述网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述n个资源的TCI信息是否能够被自动更新。Receiving instruction information sent by the network device, where the instruction information is used to indicate whether the TCI information of the n resources can be automatically updated.
  24. 根据权利要求13至23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述相同的TCI配置包括一项或多项:The device according to any one of claims 13 to 23, wherein the same TCI configuration includes one or more:
    TCI-state的索引相同、TCI-state中包括的参考信号资源相同、或TCI-state中具有包含关系。The index of the TCI-state is the same, the reference signal resources included in the TCI-state are the same, or the TCI-state has an inclusion relationship.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    存储器,用于存储计算机指令;Memory, used to store computer instructions;
    处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机指令,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
  26. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,包括:A chip system, characterized in that it includes:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;Memory, used to store computer programs;
    处理器,用于从所述存储器中调用并运行所述计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信装置执行如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the communication device installed with the chip system executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
  27. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置实现如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法。A processing device, characterized by comprising at least one processor configured to execute a computer program stored in a memory, so that the device realizes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12 .
  28. 一种处理装置,其特征在于,包括:A processing device, characterized in that it comprises:
    通信接口,用于输入和/或输出信息;Communication interface, used to input and/or output information;
    处理器,用于执行计算机程序,以使得所述装置实现如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute a computer program, so that the device implements the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
  29. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被通信装置执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored thereon, and when the computer program is executed by a communication device, the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
  30. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,其上包含指令,所述指令被计算机执行时使得通信装置执行如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that it contains instructions thereon, which when executed by a computer causes a communication device to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
PCT/CN2020/090986 2019-06-14 2020-05-19 Method for updating transmission configuration indicator (tci) information and communication apparatus WO2020248779A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910513742.7 2019-06-14
CN201910513742.7A CN112087291B (en) 2019-06-14 2019-06-14 Method and communication device for updating Transmission Configuration Indication (TCI) information

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020248779A1 true WO2020248779A1 (en) 2020-12-17

Family

ID=73733828

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/090986 WO2020248779A1 (en) 2019-06-14 2020-05-19 Method for updating transmission configuration indicator (tci) information and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112087291B (en)
WO (1) WO2020248779A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20230059966A1 (en) * 2020-02-03 2023-02-23 Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. Beam management method and associated communications apparatus
US20240023090A1 (en) * 2021-01-11 2024-01-18 Qualcomm Incorporated Configuring uplink transmission configuration indicator list
WO2022232971A1 (en) * 2021-05-05 2022-11-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Activating transmission configuration indicator codepoints
CN115333694A (en) * 2021-05-10 2022-11-11 维沃移动通信有限公司 CSI measurement resource processing method and device, terminal and readable storage medium
CN114175822A (en) * 2021-10-27 2022-03-11 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Transmission configuration indication determining method, device, terminal and storage medium
US20230276508A1 (en) * 2021-11-05 2023-08-31 Apple Inc. Configuration and Default Beam Techniques at High Movement Speeds
CN116193519A (en) * 2021-11-29 2023-05-30 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20180343653A1 (en) * 2017-05-26 2018-11-29 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for beam indication in next generation wireless systems
CN109587793A (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-05 维沃移动通信有限公司 TCI state updating method, base station and terminal
WO2019085842A1 (en) * 2017-11-03 2019-05-09 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and method for indicating wireless channel status

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116112050A (en) * 2017-11-17 2023-05-12 华为技术有限公司 Beam configuration method and device
EP3852428A4 (en) * 2018-09-13 2022-05-11 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Method, apparatus, and device for reporting beam measurement report and storage medium

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20180343653A1 (en) * 2017-05-26 2018-11-29 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for beam indication in next generation wireless systems
CN109587793A (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-05 维沃移动通信有限公司 TCI state updating method, base station and terminal
WO2019085842A1 (en) * 2017-11-03 2019-05-09 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and method for indicating wireless channel status

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ZTE: "Remaining Issues on QCL", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #93 R1-1805836, 25 May 2018 (2018-05-25), XP051441056, DOI: 20200806190704A *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112087291B (en) 2022-01-11
CN112087291A (en) 2020-12-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021027750A1 (en) Method for updating beam information and communication apparatus
WO2020248779A1 (en) Method for updating transmission configuration indicator (tci) information and communication apparatus
WO2020029725A1 (en) Method for receiving and transmitting signal and communication device
WO2020156174A1 (en) Beam indication method and communication apparatus
WO2020103793A1 (en) Beam reporting method and communication apparatus
WO2020063334A1 (en) Indication method and device for control channel beam
WO2020134944A1 (en) Interference measurement method and communication apparatus
WO2020155849A1 (en) Method and apparatus for sending and receiving instructions
WO2020164454A1 (en) Signal transmission method and communication device
WO2021254472A1 (en) Method and apparatus for switching transmission configuration indicator state (tci state)
WO2019137441A1 (en) Communication method and device
CN111431687A (en) Resource indication method and device
WO2019029730A1 (en) Pdsch reception information indication method, data receiving method and devices
WO2020164329A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021017874A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2021052473A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN112019313B (en) Method and device for determining cell activation time delay
US11963205B2 (en) Resource management method and apparatus
WO2018202137A1 (en) Communication method and device
CN112399597A (en) Method and communication device for updating beam information
WO2020156364A1 (en) Measurement method and communication apparatus
WO2021159528A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021062689A1 (en) Method and apparatus for uplink transmission
US20230171704A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023011195A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20822560

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20822560

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1